Table of Contents

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
 
 
Form 10-K
 
 
 
     
(Mark One)    
þ
  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008
OR
o
  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
    For the transition period from          to          
 
Commission File Number: 001-11919
 
 
 
 
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
     
Delaware   84-1291044
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
 
9197 South Peoria Street
Englewood, Colorado 80112
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:
(303) 397-8100
 
 
 
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
     
Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
 
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
  NASDAQ Global Select Market
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None.
 
Indicate by checkmark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  Yes  o      No  þ
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes  þ      No  o
 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   o
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
 
Large accelerated filer  þ Accelerated filer  o Non-accelerated filer  o Smaller reporting company  o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).  Yes  o      No  þ
 
As of June 30, 2008, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were 69,977,236 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding. The aggregate market value of the registrant’s voting and non-voting common stock that was held by non-affiliates on such date was $776,202,624 based on the closing sale price of the registrant’s common stock on such date as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market.
 
As of February 20, 2009, there were 63,813,892 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
 
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
 
Certain information required for Part III of this report is incorporated by reference to the proxy statement for the registrant’s 2009 annual meeting of stockholders.
 


 

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
DECEMBER 31, 2008 FORM 10-K

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
             
        Page No.
 
    ii  
           
PART I            
  Business     1  
  Risk Factors     9  
  Unresolved Staff Comments     16  
  Properties     16  
  Legal Proceedings     17  
  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders     18  
           
PART II.            
  Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities     18  
  Selected Financial Data     21  
  Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     22  
  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk     45  
  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data     47  
  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure     47  
  Controls and Procedures     48  
  Other Information     51  
           
PART III            
  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance     51  
  Executive Compensation     51  
  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters     51  
  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence     52  
  Principal Accountants Fees and Services     52  
           
PART IV            
  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules     52  
    55  
    F-1  
  EX-10.05
  EX-10.07
  EX-10.08
  EX-10.13
  EX-10.15
  EX-10.17
  EX-10.19
  EX-10.21
  EX-21.01
  EX-23.01
  EX-23.02
  EX-31.01
  EX-31.02
  EX-32.01


i


Table of Contents

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
 
In various places throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”), we use certain financial measures to describe our performance that are not accepted measures under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (non-GAAP financial measures). We believe such non-GAAP financial measures are informative to the users of our financial information because we use these measures to manage our business. We discuss non-GAAP financial measures in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Form 10-K under the heading Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements.
 
CAUTIONARY NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
 
This Form 10-K and the information incorporated by reference contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. In particular, we direct your attention to Item 1. Business, Item 3. Legal Proceedings, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk and Item 9A. Controls and Procedures. We intend the forward-looking statements throughout this Form 10-K and the information incorporated by reference to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements. All projections and statements regarding our expected financial position and operating results, our business strategy, our financing plans and the outcome of any contingencies are forward-looking statements. These statements can sometimes be identified by our use of forward-looking words such as “may,” “believe,” “plan,” “will,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend” and other words and phrases of similar meaning. Known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors could cause the actual results to differ materially from those contemplated by the statements. The forward-looking information is based on information available as of the date of this Form 10-K and on numerous assumptions and developments that are not within our control. Although we believe these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot assure you they will turn out to be correct. Actual results could be materially different from our expectations due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the factors identified in this Form 10-K under the captions Item 1A. Risk Factors and Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation, our other SEC filings and our press releases. We assume no obligation to update: (i) forward-looking statements to reflect actual results or (ii) changes in factors affecting such forward-looking statements.


ii


Table of Contents

 
PART I
 
ITEM 1.  BUSINESS
 
Our Business
 
Over our 27-year history, we have become one of the largest global providers of onshore, offshore and work from home business process outsourcing (“BPO”) services focusing on customer management and enterprise management solutions. We help Global 1000 companies enhance their strategic capabilities, improve quality and lower costs by designing, implementing and managing their critical front- and back-office processes. We provide a 24 x 7, 365 day fully integrated global solution that spans people, process, proprietary technology and infrastructure for governments and private sector clients in the automotive, broadband, cable, financial services, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, travel, wireline and wireless communication industries. As of December 31, 2008, our approximately 55,000 employees provide services from nearly 40,000 workstations across 83 delivery centers in 17 countries. We have approximately 100 global clients, many of whom are in the Global 1000. The Global 1000 is a ranking of the world’s largest companies based on market capitalization. We perform a variety of BPO services for our clients and support approximately 250 unique BPO programs.
 
We believe BPO is a key enabler of improved business performance as measured by a company’s ability to consistently outperform peers through business and economic cycles. We believe the benefits of BPO include renewed focus on core capabilities, faster time to market, streamlined processes, movement from a fixed to variable cost structure, access to borderless sourcing capabilities, and creation of proprietary best operating practices and technology, all of which contribute to increased customer satisfaction and shareholder returns for our clients.
 
Industry studies indicate that companies with high customer satisfaction levels enjoy premium pricing in their industry, which we believe results in increased profitability and greater shareholder returns. Given the strong correlation between customer satisfaction and improved profitability, more and more companies are increasingly focused on selecting outsourcing partners, such as TeleTech, that can deliver strategic front- and back-office capabilities to improve the customer experience rather than simply reducing costs.
 
Our Business History
 
We were founded in 1982 and reorganized as a Delaware corporation in 1994. We completed an initial public offering of our common stock in 1996 and since that time have grown our annual revenue from $183 million to $1.4 billion, representing a compounded annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 18.5%.
 
Our revenue is derived from BPO services and is reported in our North American and International BPO segments. These services involve the transfer of our clients’ front- and back-office business processes to our 83 delivery centers or work from home associates. We also manage the facilities and operations of our client’s service delivery centers. Customer management solutions help our clients target, acquire, retain and grow their customer base. Enterprise management solutions help companies manage their internal business process and include product or service provisioning, fulfillment, expense management, supply chain management, claims processing, payment and warranty processing, basic through advanced technical support, human resource recruiting and talent management, retirement plan administration, data analysis and market research, network management, and workforce training and scheduling.
 
We market our services primarily to clients in G-20 countries which represents 19 of the world’s largest economies, together with the European Union and perform these services from strategically located delivery centers around the globe. Many of our clients choose a blended strategy whereby they outsource work with us in multiple geographic locations and may also utilize our work from home offering. We believe our ability to offer one of the most geographically diverse footprints improves service flexibility while reducing operational and delivery risk in the event of a service interruption at any one location.


1


Table of Contents

With operations in 17 countries, we believe this makes us one of the largest and most geographically diverse providers of BPO services. We recently expanded into two new emerging markets (Costa Rica and South Africa) and plan to selectively expand into other attractive delivery markets over time.
 
Of the 17 countries from which we provide BPO services, ten provide services for onshore clients including the U.S., Australia, Brazil, China, England, Germany, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, Scotland and Spain.
 
The other seven countries provide services, partially or entirely, for offshore clients including Argentina, Canada, Costa Rica, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines and South Africa. The total number of workstations in these countries is 25,913, or 65%, of our total delivery capacity.
 
Historical Performance
 
As summarized below, following our initial public offering in 1996, we experienced double-digit revenue growth through 2000, undertook a business transformation strategy in late 2001 and began realizing the benefits of this transformation in 2004 and going forward. Beginning in 1997, we were one of the first companies to provide BPO services to U.S. clients from delivery centers in Argentina, Canada and Mexico.
 
Although revenue growth continued at a CAGR of 4.7% from $913 million in 2001 to $1.0 billion in 2003, we experienced net losses during this time period. We attribute these losses primarily to the global economic downturn, the dot-com bubble, the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks and the business transformation we undertook to further strengthen our industry position and future competitiveness. The business transformation redefined our delivery model, reduced our cost structure and improved our competitive and financial position by:
 
  •     Migrating from a decentralized holding company to a centralized operating company to enhance financial and operating disciplines;
 
  •     Centralizing our technology infrastructure and migrating to a 100% IP-based delivery platform;
 
  •     Standardizing our global operational processes and applications;
 
  •     Automating and virtualizing our human capital needs primarily around talent acquisition, training and performance optimization;
 
  •     Improving the efficiency of certain underperforming operations and reducing our selling, general and administrative expenses;
 
  •     Improving pricing or rationalizing the performance of certain underperforming client programs;
 
  •     Investing in sales and client account management;
 
  •     Investing in innovative new solutions to diversify revenue into higher margin offerings, including professional services, learning services and hosted technology solutions;
 
  •     Increasing delivery capabilities with expanded onshore, offshore and work from home solutions;
 
  •     Reducing long-term debt by nearly $120 million from 2003 to 2004 with cash surpluses and borrowings under our revolving credit facility; and
 
  •     Approving and executing a stock repurchase program.
 
As a result of this business transformation, from 2005 to 2008, our revenue grew at a CAGR of 8.8% from $1.1 billion to $1.4 billion and diluted earnings per share grew at a CAGR of 43.3% from $0.36 to $1.06. Our operating margin more than doubled to 7.8% in 2008 from 2.9% in 2005.
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had $87.9 million in cash and cash equivalents and a debt to equity ratio of 25.0%. We generated $98.9 million in free cash flow during 2008 and our cash flows from operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility have enabled us to fund $61.7 million in capital expenditures. Approximately 80% of our capital expenditures were related to growth primarily in


2


Table of Contents

offshore markets with the remaining 20% used for the development and maintenance of our embedded infrastructure. See Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for discussion of free cash flow and other non-GAAP measurements.
 
Our improved revenue and operating margin in 2008 resulted from growth with both new and existing clients across an expanding array of industry verticals, increased utilization of our delivery centers across a 24-hour period, leveraging our global purchasing power and continued expansion of services provided from our geographically diverse delivery centers.
 
In November 2001, the Board of Directors (“Board”) authorized a stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $5.0 million of our common stock with the objective of increasing stockholder returns. The Board has since periodically authorized additional increases in the program. The most recent Board authorization to purchase additional common stock occurred in July 2008, whereby the program allowance was increased by approximately $47.4 million to $100.0 million. Since inception of the program through December 31, 2008, the Board has authorized the repurchase of shares up to a value of $262.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we purchased 6.5 million shares for $89.6 million. Since inception of the program, we have purchased 21.3 million shares for $251.9 million. As of December 31, 2008, remaining allowance under the program was approximately $10.4 million. In February 2009, the Board authorized an increase of $25.0 million in the funding available for share repurchases. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.
 
Our Future Growth Goals and Strategy
 
Our business strategy to increase revenue, profitability and our industry position includes the following elements:
 
  •     Capitalize on the favorable trends in the global outsourcing environment, which we believe will include more companies that want to:
 
  -     Adopt or increase BPO services;
 
  -     Consolidate outsourcing providers with those that have a solid financial position, capital resources to sustain a long-term relationship and globally diverse delivery capabilities across a broad range of solutions;
 
  -     Modify their approach to outsourcing based on total value delivered versus the lowest priced provider; and
 
  -     Better integrate front- and back-office processes.
 
  •     Deepen and broaden our relationships with existing clients;
 
  •     Win business with new clients and focus on targeted industries where we expect accelerating adoption of business process outsourcing;
 
  •     Continue to invest in innovative proprietary technology and new business offerings;
 
  •     Continue to improve our operating margins through increased asset utilization of our globally diverse delivery centers;
 
  •     Scaling our work from home initiative to increase operational flexibility; and
 
  •     Selectively pursue acquisitions that extend our capabilities, geographic reach and/or industry expertise.
 
Our Market Opportunity
 
Companies around the world are increasingly realizing that the quality of their customer relationships are critical to maintaining their competitive advantage. This realization has driven companies to increase their focus on developing, managing, growing and continuously enhancing their customer relationships.


3


Table of Contents

Additionally, globalization of the world’s economy continues to accelerate. Businesses are now competing on a large-scale basis due to rapid advances in technology and telecommunications that permit cost-effective real-time global communications and ready access to a highly-skilled worldwide labor force. As a result of these developments, companies have increasingly outsourced business processes to third-party providers in an effort to enhance or maintain their competitive position while increasing shareholder value through improved productivity and profitability.
 
We believe that our revenue will continue to grow over the long-term as global demand for our services is fueled by the following trends:
 
  •     Integration of front- and back-office business processes to provide increased operating efficiencies and an enhanced customer experience especially in light of the weakening global economic environment.   Companies have realized that integrated business processes reduce operating costs and allow customer needs to be met more quickly and efficiently resulting in higher customer satisfaction and brand loyalty thereby improving their competitive position. A majority of our historic revenue has been derived from providing customer-facing front-office solutions to our clients. Given that our global delivery centers are also fully capable of providing back-office solutions, we are uniquely positioned to grow our revenue by winning more back-office opportunities and providing the services during non-peak hours with minimal incremental investment. Furthermore, by spreading our fixed costs across a larger revenue base and increasing our asset utilization, we expect our profitability to improve over time.
 
  •     Increasing percentage of company operations being outsourced to most capable third-party providers.   Having experienced success with outsourcing a portion of their business processes, companies are increasingly inclined to outsource a larger percentage of this work. We believe companies will continue to consolidate their business processes with third-party providers, such as TeleTech, who are financially stable and able to invest in their business while also demonstrating an extensive global operating history and an ability to cost-effectively scale to meet their evolving needs.
 
  •     Increasing adoption of outsourcing across broader groups of industries.   Early adopters of the business process outsourcing trend, such as the media and communications industries, are being joined by companies in other industries, including healthcare, retail and financial services. These companies are beginning to adopt outsourcing to improve their business processes and competitiveness. For example, we have seen an increase in our revenue from the healthcare, retail and financial services industries. We believe the number of other industries that will adopt or increase their level of outsourcing will continue to grow further enabling us to increase and diversify our revenue and client base.
 
  •     Focus on speed-to-market by companies launching new products or entering new geographic locations.   As companies broaden their product offerings and seek to enter new emerging markets, they are looking for outsourcing providers that can provide speed-to-market while reducing their capital and operating risk. To achieve these benefits, companies are seeking BPO providers with an extensive operating history, an established global footprint, the financial strength to invest in innovation to deliver more strategic capabilities and the ability to scale and meet customer demands quickly. Given our financial stability, geographic presence in 17 countries and our significant investment in standardized technology and processes, clients increasingly select TeleTech because we can quickly ramp large, complex business processes around the globe in a short period of time while assuring a high-quality experience for their customers.
 
Our Business Overview
 
We help Global 1000 clients improve the efficiency of their front- and back-office business processes while increasing customer satisfaction. We manage our clients’ outsourcing needs with the primary goal of delivering a high-quality customer experience while also reducing their total delivery costs.


4


Table of Contents

Our solutions provide access to skilled people in 17 countries using standardized operating processes and a centralized delivery platform to:
 
  •     Design, implement and manage industry-specific end-to-end enterprise level back-office processes to achieve efficient and effective global service delivery for discrete or multiple back-office requirements;
 
  •     Manage the customer lifecycle, from acquiring and on-boarding through support and retention;
 
  •     Support field sales teams and manage sales relationships with small and medium-sized businesses as well as governmental agencies;
 
  •     Design, implement and manage e-commerce portals;
 
  •     Provide a suite of pre-integrated TeleTech OnDemand tm business process applications through a monthly license subscription;
 
  •     Offer infrastructure deployment, including the development of data and BPO delivery centers;
 
  •     Providing services and tools for client’s internal human capital operations including talent acquisition, learning services and performance optimization for use in clients’ internal operations; and
 
  •     Offer professional consulting services in each of the above areas.
 
Our Competitive Strengths
 
Entering a business services outsourcing relationship is typically a long-term strategic commitment for companies. The outsourced processes are usually complex and require a high degree of customization and integration with a client’s core operations. Accordingly, our clients tend to enter long-term contracts which provide us with a more predictable revenue stream. In addition, we have high levels of client retention due to our operational excellence and ability to meet our clients’ outsourcing objectives, as well as the significant transition costs required to exit the relationship. Our client retention was 94% in 2008 and 93% in 2007.
 
We believe that our clients select us due to our:
 
  •     Industry reputation and our position as one of the largest and most financially sound industry providers with 27 years of expertise in delivering complex BPO solutions across targeted industries;
 
  •     Ability to scale infrastructure and employees worldwide using globally deployed best practices to ensure a consistent, high-quality service;
 
  •     Ability to optimize the performance of our workforce through proprietary hiring, training and performance optimization tools; and
 
  •     Commitment to continued product and services innovation to further the strategic capabilities of our clients.
 
We believe that technological excellence, best operating practices and innovative human capital strategies that can scale globally are key elements to our continued industry leadership.
 
Technological Excellence
 
Over the past six years, we have measurably transformed our technology platform by moving to a secure, private, 100% internet protocol (“IP”) based infrastructure. This transformation has enabled us to centralize and standardize our worldwide delivery capabilities resulting in improved quality of delivery for our clients along with lower capital and information technology (“IT”) operating costs.
 
The foundation of this platform is our five IP hosting centers known as TeleTech GigaPOPs ® , which are located on three continents. These centers provide a fully integrated suite of voice and data routing,


5


Table of Contents

workforce management, quality monitoring, storage and business analytic capabilities. This enables anywhere to anywhere, real-time processing of our clients’ business needs from any location around the globe and is the foundation for new, innovative offerings including TeleTech OnDemand tm , TeleTech@Home and our suite of human capital solutions. This hub and spoke model enables us to provide our services at the lowest cost while increasing scalability, reliability, redundancy, asset utilization and the diversity of our service offerings.
 
Prior to this technology transformation, each of our delivery centers had a significant investment in disparate hardware and software maintained by on-site IT staff, which was costly to operate and maintain and did not provide the level of reliability or redundancy we now provide.
 
To ensure high end-to-end security and reliability of this critical infrastructure, we monitor and manage the TeleTech GigaPOPs ® 24 x 7, 365 days per year from several strategically located state-of-the-art global command centers.
 
Our technology innovations have resulted in the filing of more than 20 intellectual property patent applications.
 
Globally Deployed Best Operating Practices
 
Globally deployed best operating practices assure that we can deliver a consistent, scalable, high-quality experience to our clients’ customers from any of our 83 delivery centers or work from home associates around the world. Standardized processes include our approach to attracting, screening, hiring, training, scheduling, evaluating, coaching and maximizing associate performance to meet our clients’ needs. We provide real-time reporting on performance across the globe to ensure consistency of delivery. In addition, this information provides valuable insight into what is driving customer inquiries, enabling us to proactively recommend process changes to our clients to optimize their customers’ experience.
 
Innovative Human Capital Strategies
 
To effectively manage and leverage our human capital requirements, we have developed a proprietary suite of business processes, software tools and client engagement guidelines that work together to improve performance for our clients while enabling us to reduce time to hire, decrease employee turnover and improve time to service and quality of performance.
 
The three primary components of our human capital platform – Talent Acquisition, Learning Services and Performance Optimization – combine to form a powerful and flexible management system to streamline and standardize operations across our global delivery centers. These three components work together to allow us to make better hires, improve training quality and provide real-time feedback and incentives for performance.
 
Innovative New Revenue Opportunities
 
We continue to develop other innovative services that leverage our investment in a centralized and standardized delivery platform to meet our clients’ needs, and we believe that these solutions will represent a growing percentage of our future revenue.
 
TeleTech OnDemand tm
 
TeleTech OnDemand tm delivers a fully integrated suite of best-in-class business process applications on a hosted (software as a service) basis, providing streamlined delivery center technology, knowledge and services. This allows our clients to empower their associates with the same technology and best practices we use internally on a monthly subscription license model. With TeleTech OnDemand tm , there is no need for our clients to license software, purchase on-premise hardware, or staff up to provide ongoing technology support.
 
Our TeleTech OnDemand tm solutions are easy to implement and scale seamlessly to support business growth, encompassing the full breadth of business process operations including Interaction Routing, Self-Service, Employee Desktop Management, Business Intelligence and Performance Management.


6


Table of Contents

Because they are based on our rigorous first-hand use, our hosted services are proven, reliable, scalable and continually refined and expanded.
 
TeleTech@Home
 
Our dispersed workforce solution enables employees to work from home while accessing the same proprietary training, workflow, reporting and quality tools as our delivery center associates. TeleTech@Home associates are TeleTech employees – not independent contractors – providing a strong cultural fit, seamless workforce control and high levels of job satisfaction. Our TeleTech@Home solution utilizes our highly scalable and centralized technical architecture and enables secure access, monitoring and reporting for our Global 1000 clients.
 
Features of the new TeleTech@Home offering include:
 
  •     Outstanding quality, low employee turnover, high call resolution and superior sales and customer management performance;
 
  •     Greater flexibility and scalability through the benefit of dispersed geography and proven processes;
 
  •     Ability to reach a new and talented employee pool that includes licensed and certified professionals in a variety of industries with multiple years of experience; and
 
  •     Access to a unique and flexible employee population that includes stay-at-home parents, workers with physical challenges that make office commuting undesirable, rural workers and workers in highly technical urban centers.
 
Clients
 
In 2008, we had one client that represented more than 10% of our total annual revenue. Sprint Nextel represented 13% of total revenue in 2008. Our top five and ten clients represented 39% and 58% of total revenue in 2008, respectively.
 
Certain of our communications clients, which represent approximately 17% of our total annual revenue, also provide us with telecommunication services through transactions that are negotiated at different times and with different legal entities. We believe each of these supplier contracts is negotiated on an arm’s length basis and that the terms are substantially the same as those that have been negotiated with unrelated vendors. Expenditures under these supplier contracts represent less than one percent of total costs.
 
Competition
 
We compete with the in-house business process operations of our current and potential clients. We also compete with certain companies that provide BPO services including: Accenture Ltd.; Convergys Corporation; Genpact Limited, Sykes Enterprises Incorporated and Teleperformance, among others. We work with Accenture, Computer Sciences Corporation and IBM on a sub-contract basis and approximately 17% of our total revenue is generated from these system integrator relationships.
 
We compete primarily on the basis of our 27 years of experience, our global locations, our quality and scope of services, our speed and flexibility of implementation, our technological expertise, and our price and contractual terms. A number of competitors may have different capabilities and resources than ours. Additionally, niche providers or new entrants could capture a segment of the market by developing new systems or services that could impact our market potential.
 
Seasonality
 
Historically, we experience a seasonal increase in revenue in the fourth quarter related to higher volumes from clients primarily in the healthcare, package delivery, retail and other industries with seasonal businesses. Also, our operating margins in the first quarter are impacted by higher payroll-related taxes with our global workforce.


7


Table of Contents

Employees
 
As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately 55,000 employees in 17 countries. Approximately 90% of these employees held full-time positions and 80% were located outside of the U.S. We have approximately 14,800 employees outside the U.S. and Canada covered by collective bargaining agreements. In most cases, the collective bargaining agreements are mandated under national labor laws. These collective bargaining agreements include employees in the following countries:
 
  •     In Argentina, approximately 4,400 employees are covered by an industry-wide collective bargaining agreement with the Confederation of Commerce Employees that expires annually in March 2009;
 
  •     In Brazil, approximately 2,400 employees are covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements with Sintratel and SintelMark that expire in May 2009;
 
  •     In Mexico, we have approximately 4,400 employees covered by an industry-wide collective bargaining agreement with the Federacion Obrero Sindicalista that expires in January 2010;
 
  •     In Spain, we have approximately 3,500 employees covered by industry-wide collective bargaining agreements with COMFIA-CCOO and FES-UGT that expires in December 2009; and
 
  •     In New Zealand, we have approximately 100 employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement with the Engineering Printing and Manufacturing Union that expires in June 2009.
 
We anticipate that these agreements will be renewed and that any renewals will not impact us in a manner materially different from all other companies covered by such industry-wide agreements. In Australia and the United Kingdom, we have approximately 30 employees that have identified themselves as being members of unions, but there is no collective bargaining agreement in place covering these employees. We believe that our relations with our employees and unions are satisfactory. We have not experienced any material work stoppages in our ongoing business.
 
Intellectual Property and Proprietary Technology
 
Our success is partially dependent upon certain proprietary technologies and core intellectual property. We have a number of pending patent applications in the U.S. and foreign countries. Our technology is also protected under copyright laws. Additionally, we rely on trade secret protection and confidentiality and proprietary information agreements to protect our proprietary technology. We have trademarks or registered trademarks in the U.S. and other countries, including TELETECH ® , the TELETECH GLOBE Design, TELETECH GIGAPOP ® , TELETECH GLOBAL VENTURES ® , HIREPOINT ® , VISAPOINT ® , IDENTIFY! ® , IDENTIFY! PLUS ® , INCULTURE ® , TOTAL DELIVERED VALUE ® and YOUR CUSTOMER MANAGEMENT PARTNER ® . We believe that several of our trademarks are of material importance. Some of our proprietary technology is licensed to others under corresponding license agreements. Some of our technology is licensed from others. While our competitive position could be affected by our ability to protect our intellectual property, we believe that we have generally taken commercially reasonable steps to protect our intellectual property.
 
Our Corporate Information
 
Our principal executive offices are located at 9197 South Peoria Street, Englewood, Colorado 80112 and the telephone number at that address is (303) 397-8100. Electronic copies of our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and Proxy Statements are available free of charge by (i) visiting the “Investors” section of our website at http://www.teletech.com or (ii) sending a written request to Investor Relations at our corporate headquarters or to investor.relations@teletech.com. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Room 1580, Washington, DC 20549. You may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information


8


Table of Contents

statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this report.
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS
 
In evaluating our business, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties discussed in this section, in addition to the other information presented in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The risks and uncertainties described below may not be the only risks that we face. If any of these risks or uncertainties actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operation could be materially adversely affected and the market price of our common stock may decline.
 
Risks Relating to Our Business
 
Recent changes in U.S. and global economic conditions could have an adverse effect on the profitability of our business
 
Our business is directly affected by the performance of our clients and general economic conditions. Recent turmoil in the financial markets has adversely affected economic activity in the U.S. and other regions of the world in which we do business. There is evidence that this is affecting demand for some of our services. In substantially all of our client programs, we generate revenue based, in large part, on the amount of time our employees devote to our clients’ customers. Consequently, the amount of revenue generated from any particular client program is dependent upon consumers’ interest in and use of our client’s products and/or services, which may be adversely affected by general economic conditions. Our clients may not be able to market or develop products and services that require their customers to use our services, especially as a result of the recent downturn in the U.S. and worldwide economy. Furthermore, a decline in our clients’ business or performance, including possible client bankruptcies, could impair their ability to pay for our services. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows would be adversely affected if any of our major clients were unable or unwilling, for any reason, to pay for our services.
 
A large portion of our revenue is generated from a limited number of clients, and the loss of one or more of our clients could cause a reduction in our revenue and operating results
 
We rely on strategic, long-term relationships with large, global companies in targeted industries. As a result, we derive a substantial portion of our revenue from relatively few clients. Our five largest clients collectively represented 39% of revenue in 2008 and 40% of revenue in 2007. Our ten largest clients represented 58% of revenue in 2008 and 59% of revenue in 2007. One of our clients, Sprint Nextel, represented 13% of our revenue in 2008 and 15% of our revenue in 2007. Sprint Nextel was the only client that represented over 10% of our revenue during these periods.
 
We believe that a substantial portion of our total revenue will continue to be derived from a relatively small number of our clients in the future. The contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2009 and 2011. We have historically renewed most of our contracts with our largest clients. However, there is no assurance that any contracts will be renewed or, if renewed, will be on terms as favorable as the existing contracts. The volumes and profit margins of our most significant programs may decline and we may not be able to replace such clients or programs with clients or programs that generate comparable revenue and profits. The loss of all or part of a major client’s business could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Client consolidations could result in a loss of clients or contract concessions that would adversely affect our operating results
 
We serve clients in targeted industries that have historically experienced a significant level of consolidation. If one of our clients is acquired by another company (including another one of our clients), provisions in certain of our contracts allow these clients to cancel or renegotiate their contracts, or to seek contract concessions. Such consolidations may result in the termination or phasing out of an existing client contract, volume discounts and other contract concessions that could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.


9


Table of Contents

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client and customer data could expose us to protracted and costly litigation, penalties and cause us to lose clients
 
We are dependent on IT networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic information and to communicate among our locations around the world and with our alliance partners and clients. Security breaches of this infrastructure could lead to shutdowns or disruptions of our systems and potential unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. We are also required at times to manage, utilize and store sensitive or confidential client or customer data. As a result, we are subject to numerous U.S. and foreign laws and regulations designed to protect this information, such as the European Union Directive on Data Protection and various U.S. federal and state laws governing the protection of health or other individually identifiable information. If any person, including any of our employees, negligently disregards or intentionally breaches our established controls with respect to such data or otherwise mismanages or misappropriates that data, we could be subject to monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution. Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential client or customer data, whether through systems failure, employee negligence, fraud or misappropriation, could damage our reputation and cause us to lose clients. Similarly, unauthorized access to or through our information systems or those we develop for our clients, whether by our employees or third parties, could result in negative publicity, legal liability and damage to our reputation, business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our financial results depend on our capacity utilization, in particular our ability to forecast our clients’ customer demand and make corresponding decisions regarding staffing levels, investments and operating expenses
 
Our delivery center utilization rates have a substantial and direct effect on our profitability, and we may not achieve desired utilization rates. Our utilization rates are affected by a number of factors, including:
 
  •     Our ability to maintain and increase capacity in each of our delivery centers during peak and non-peak hours;
 
  •     Our ability to predict our clients’ customer demand for our services and thereby to make corresponding decisions regarding staffing levels, investments and other operating expenditures in each of our delivery center locations;
 
  •     Our ability to hire and assimilate new employees and manage employee turnover; and
 
  •     Our need to devote time and resources to training, professional development and other non-chargeable activities.
 
We attempt to maximize utilization. However, because the majority of our business is inbound from our clients’ customer-initiated encounters, we have significantly higher utilization during peak (weekday) periods than during off-peak (night and weekend) periods. We have experienced periods of idle capacity, particularly in our multi-client delivery centers. Historically, we experience idle peak period capacity upon opening a new delivery center or termination or completion of a large client program. On a quarterly basis, we assess the expected long-term capacity utilization of our delivery centers. We may consolidate or close under-performing delivery centers in order to maintain or improve targeted utilization and margins. In the event we close delivery centers in the future, we may be required to record restructuring or impairment charges, which could adversely impact our results of operations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve or maintain desired delivery center capacity utilization. As a result of the fixed costs associated with each delivery center, quarterly variations in client volumes, many of which are outside our control, can have a material adverse effect on our utilization rates. If our utilization rates are below expectations in any given quarter, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for that quarter could be adversely affected.
 
Our business depends on uninterrupted service to clients
 
Our operations are dependent upon our ability to protect our facilities, computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems against damage or interruption from fire, power loss, terrorist or cyber


10


Table of Contents

attacks, sabotage, telecommunications interruption or failure, labor shortages, weather conditions, natural disasters and other similar events. Additionally, severe weather can cause our employees to miss work and interrupt the delivery of our services, resulting in a loss of revenue. In the event we experience a temporary or permanent interruption at one or more of our locations (including our corporate headquarters building), our business could be materially adversely affected and we may be required to pay contractual damages or face the suspension or loss of a client’s business. Although we maintain property and business interruption insurance, such insurance may not adequately compensate us for any losses we may incur.
 
Many of our contracts utilize performance pricing that link some of our fees to the attainment of various performance or business targets, which could increase the variability of our revenue and operating margin
 
A majority of our contracts include performance clauses that condition some of our fees on the achievement of agreed-upon performance standards or milestones. These performance standards can be complex and often depend in some measure on our clients’ actual levels of business activity or other factors outside of our control. If we fail to satisfy these measures, it could reduce our revenue under the contracts or subject us to potential damage claims under the contract terms.
 
Our contracts provide for early termination, which could have a material adverse effect on our operating results
 
Most of our contracts do not ensure that we will generate a minimum level of revenue and the profitability of each client program may fluctuate, sometimes significantly, throughout the various stages of a program. Our objective is to sign multi-year contracts with our clients. However, our contracts generally enable the clients to terminate the contract or reduce customer interaction volumes. Our larger contracts generally require the client to pay a contractually agreed amount and/or provide prior notice in the event of early termination. There can be no assurance that we will be able to collect early termination fees.
 
We may not be able to offset increased costs with increased service fees under long-term contracts
 
Some of our larger long-term contracts allow us to increase our service fees if and to the extent certain cost or price indices increase. The majority of our expenses are payroll and payroll-related, which includes healthcare costs. Over the past several years, payroll costs, including healthcare costs, have increased at a rate much greater than that of general cost or price indices. Increases in our service fees that are based upon increases in cost or price indices may not fully compensate us for increases in labor and other costs incurred in providing services. There can be no assurance that we will be able to recover increases in our costs through increased service fees.
 
Our business may be affected by our ability to obtain financing
 
From time to time, we may need to obtain debt or equity financing for capital expenditures, stock repurchases, payment of existing obligations, replenishment of cash reserves, acquisitions or joint ventures. Additionally, our existing credit facility requires us to comply with certain financial covenants. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing, or that any such financing would be on terms acceptable to us. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to meet the financial covenants under our debt agreements or, in the event of noncompliance, will be able to obtain waivers or amendments from the lenders.
 
Our business may be affected by risks associated with international operations and expansion
 
An important component of our growth strategy is continued international expansion. There are certain risks inherent with conducting international business, including but not limited to:
 
  •     Management of personnel overseas;
 
  •     Longer payment cycles;


11


Table of Contents

 
  •     Difficulties in accounts receivable collections;
 
  •     Foreign currency exchange rates;
 
  •     Difficulties in complying with foreign laws;
 
  •     Unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;
 
  •     Political and social instability, as demonstrated by terrorist threats, regime change, increasing tension in the Middle East and other regions, and the resulting need for enhanced security measures; and
 
  •     Potentially adverse tax consequences.
 
Any one or more of these or other factors could have a material adverse effect on our international operations and, consequently, on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. There can be no assurance that we will be able to manage our international operations successfully.
 
Our financial results may be impacted by foreign currency exchange risk
 
We serve an increasing number of our clients from delivery centers in other countries that include Argentina, Canada, Costa Rica, Malaysia, Mexico, the Philippines and South Africa. Contracts with these clients are typically priced, invoiced, and paid in U.S. dollars while the costs incurred to operate these delivery centers are denominated in the functional currency of the applicable non-U.S.-based operating subsidiary. Therefore, fluctuations between the currencies of the contracting and operating subsidiary present foreign currency exchange risks. In addition, because our financial statements are denominated in U.S. dollars, and approximately 30% of our revenue is derived from contracts denominated in other currencies, our results of operations and revenue could be adversely affected if the U.S. dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies.
 
While we enter into forward and option contracts to hedge against the effect of exchange rate fluctuations, the foreign exchange exposure between the contracting and operating subsidiaries is not hedged 100%. Since the operating subsidiary assumes the foreign exchange exposure, its operating margins could decrease if the contracting subsidiary’s currency devalues against the operating subsidiary’s currency.
 
For example, our operating subsidiaries are at risk if the U.S. dollar weakens. If the U.S. dollar devalues, the financial results of certain operating subsidiaries and TeleTech (upon consolidation) will be negatively affected. While our hedging strategy effectively offsets a portion of these foreign currency changes, there can be no assurance that we will be able to continue to successfully hedge this foreign currency exchange risk or that the value of the U.S. dollar will not materially weaken. If we fail to manage our foreign currency exchange risk, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
 
Our global operations expose us to numerous and sometimes conflicting legal and regulatory requirements
 
Because we provide services to clients in 50 countries, we are subject to numerous, and sometimes conflicting, legal regimes on matters as diverse as import/export controls, content requirements, trade restrictions, tariffs, taxation, sanctions, government affairs, immigration, internal and disclosure control obligations, data privacy and labor relations. Violations of these regulations could result in liability for monetary damages, fines and/or criminal prosecution, unfavorable publicity, restrictions on our ability to process information and allegations by our clients that we have not performed our contractual obligations. Due to the varying degrees of development of the legal systems of the countries in which we operate, local laws might be insufficient to protect our contractual and intellectual property rights, among other rights.
 
Changes in U.S. federal, state and international laws and regulations may adversely affect the sale of our services, including expansion of overseas operations. In the U.S., some of our services must comply with


12


Table of Contents

various federal and state regulations regarding the method of placing outbound telephone calls. In addition, we could incur liability for failure to comply with laws or regulations related to the portions of our clients’ businesses that are transferred to us. Changes in these regulations and requirements, or new restrictive regulations and requirements, may slow the growth of our services or require us to incur substantial costs. Changes in laws and regulations could also mandate significant and costly changes to the way we implement our services and solutions, such as preventing us from using offshore resources to provide our services, or could impose additional taxes on the provision of our services and solutions. These changes could threaten our ability to continue to serve certain markets.
 
Our financial results and projections may be impacted by our ability to maintain and find new locations for our delivery centers in countries with stable wage rates
 
Our industry is labor-intensive and the majority of our operating costs relate to wages, employee benefits and employment taxes. As a result, our future growth is dependent upon our ability to find cost-effective locations in which to operate, both domestically and internationally. Some of our delivery centers are located in countries that have experienced rising standards of living, which may in turn require us to increase employee wages. In addition, approximately 14,800 employees outside the U.S. are covered by collective bargaining agreements. Although we anticipate that the terms of agreements will not impact us in a manner materially different than other companies located in these countries, we may not be able to pass increased labor costs on to our clients. There is no assurance that we will be able to find cost-effective locations. Any increases in labor costs may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
The business process outsourcing markets are highly competitive, and we might not be able to compete effectively
 
Our ability to compete will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:
 
  •     Initiate, develop and maintain new client relationships;
 
  •     Maintain and expand existing client programs;
 
  •     Staff and equip suitable delivery center facilities in a timely manner; and
 
  •     Develop new solutions and enhance existing solutions we provide to our clients.
 
Moreover, we compete with a variety of companies with respect to our offerings, including:
 
  •     Large multinational providers, including the service arms of large global technology providers;
 
  •     Offshore service providers in lower-cost locations that offer services similar to those we offer, often at highly competitive prices;
 
  •     Niche solution or service providers that compete with us in a specific geographic market, industry segment or service area; and
 
  •     Most importantly, the in-house operations of clients or potential clients.
 
Because our primary competitors are the in-house operations of existing or potential clients, our performance and growth could be adversely affected if our existing or potential clients decide to provide in-house business process services they currently outsource, or retain or increase their in-house business processing services and product support capabilities. In addition, competitive pressures from current or future competitors also could cause our services to lose market acceptance or put downward pressure on the prices we charge for our services and on our operating margins. If we are unable to provide our clients with superior services and solutions at competitive prices, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.


13


Table of Contents

We may not be able to develop our services and solutions in response to changes in technology and client demand
 
Our success depends on our ability to develop and implement systems technology and outsourcing services and solutions that anticipate and respond to rapid and continuing changes in technology, industry developments and client needs. Our continued growth and future profitability will be highly dependent on a number of factors, including our ability to develop new technologies that:
 
  •     Expand our existing solutions and offerings;
 
  •     Achieve cost efficiencies in our existing delivery center operations; and
 
  •     Introduce new solutions that leverage and respond to changing technological developments.
 
We may not be successful in anticipating or responding to these developments on a timely basis. Our integration of new technologies may not achieve their intended cost reductions and services and technologies offered by current or future competitors may make our service offerings uncompetitive or obsolete. Our failure to maintain our technological capabilities or to respond effectively to technological changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
If we fail to recruit, hire, train and retain key executives or qualified employees, our business will be adversely affected
 
Our business is labor intensive and places significant importance on our ability to recruit, train, and retain qualified personnel. We generally experience high employee turnover and are continuously required to recruit and train replacement personnel as a result of a changing and expanding work force. Demand for qualified technical professionals conversant in multiple languages, including English, and/or certain technologies may exceed supply, as new and additional skills are required to keep pace with evolving technologies. In addition, certain delivery centers are located in geographic areas with relatively low unemployment rates, which could make it more costly to hire qualified personnel. Our ability to locate and train employees is critical to achieving our growth objective. Our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel or an increase in wages or other costs of attracting, training, or retaining qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Our success is also dependent upon the efforts, direction and guidance of our executive management team. Although members of our executive team are subject to non-competition agreements, they can terminate their employment at any time. The loss of any member of our senior management team could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows and growth potential.
 
If we fail to integrate businesses and assets that we may acquire through joint ventures or acquisitions, we may lose clients and our liquidity, capital resources and profitability may be adversely affected
 
We may pursue joint ventures or strategic acquisitions of companies with services, technologies, industry specializations, or geographic coverage that extend or complement our existing business. Acquisitions and joint ventures often involve a number of special risks, including the following:
 
  •     We may encounter difficulties integrating acquired software, operations and personnel and our management’s attention could be diverted from other business concerns;
 
  •     We may not be able to successfully incorporate acquired technology and rights into our service offerings and maintain uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
 
  •     The businesses or assets we acquire may fail to achieve the revenue and earnings we anticipated, causing us to incur additional debt to fund operations and to write down the value of acquisitions on our financial statements;


14


Table of Contents

 
  •     We may assume liabilities associated with the sale of the acquired company’s products or services;
 
  •     Our resources may be diverted in asserting and defending our legal rights and we may ultimately be liable for contingent and other liabilities, not previously disclosed to us, of the companies that we acquire;
 
  •     Acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing business and dilute our ownership interest;
 
  •     Acquisitions may result in litigation from former employees or third parties; and
 
  •     Due diligence may fail to identify significant issues with product quality, product architecture, ownership rights and legal contingencies, among other matters.
 
We may pursue strategic alliances in the form of joint ventures and partnerships, which involve many of the same risks as acquisitions as well as additional risks associated with possible lack of control if we do not have a majority ownership position. Any of the factors identified above could have a material adverse effect on our business and on the market value of our common stock.
 
In addition, negotiation of potential acquisitions and the resulting integration of acquired businesses, products, or technologies, could divert management’s time and resources. Future acquisitions could cause us to issue dilutive equity or incur debt, contingent liabilities, additional amortization charges from intangible assets, asset impairment charges, or write-off charges for in-process research and development and other indefinite-lived intangible assets that could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
 
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock
 
The market price for our common stock may be volatile
 
The trading price of our common stock has been volatile and may be subject to wide fluctuations in response to, among other factors, the following:
 
  •     Actual or anticipated variations in our quarterly results;
 
  •     Announcements of new contracts or contract cancellations;
 
  •     Changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
 
  •     Our ability to meet the expectations of securities analysts;
 
  •     Conditions or trends in the business process outsourcing industry;
 
  •     Changes in the market valuations of other business process outsourcing companies;
 
  •     Developments in countries where we have significant delivery centers, GigaPOPs or operations;
 
  •     The ability of our clients to pay for our services; or
 
  •     Other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.
 
In addition, the stock market in general, the NASDAQ Global Select Market and the market for BPO providers in particular have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market and industry factors may materially and adversely affect our stock price, regardless of our operating performance.
 
You may suffer significant dilution as a result of our outstanding stock options and our equity incentive programs
 
We have adopted benefit plans for the compensation of our employees and directors under which restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and options to purchase our common stock have been and will continue to be granted. Options to purchase approximately 4.2 million shares of our common stock were outstanding


15


Table of Contents

at December 31, 2008, of which approximately 3.5 million shares were exercisable. RSUs representing approximately 2.6 million shares were outstanding at December 31, 2008, all of which were unvested. The large number of shares issuable upon exercise of our options and other equity incentive grants could have a significant depressing effect on the market price of our stock and cause dilution to the earnings per share of our common stock.
 
Our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer has practical control over all matters requiring action by our stockholders
 
Kenneth D. Tuchman, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, beneficially owns approximately 49.4% of our common stock. As a result, Mr. Tuchman has practical control over all matters requiring action by our stockholders, including the election of our entire Board of Directors. It is unlikely that a change in control of our company could be effected without his approval.
 
We and certain of our officers and directors have been named as parties to class action and related lawsuits relating to our historical equity-based compensation practices and resulting restatements, and additional lawsuits may be filed in the future
 
In connection with our historical equity-based compensation practices and resulting restatements, a securities class action lawsuit and a shareholder derivative lawsuit were filed against the Company, certain of our current directors and officers and others. There may be additional lawsuits of this nature filed in the future. We cannot predict the outcome of these lawsuits, nor can we predict the amount of time and expense that will be required to resolve these lawsuits. Although we expect the majority of expenses related to the lawsuits to be covered by insurance, there can be no assurance that all such expenses will be reimbursed.
 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
 
We have received no written comments regarding our periodic or current reports from the staff of the SEC that were issued 180 days or more preceding the end of our 2008 fiscal year that remain unresolved.
 
ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES
 
Our corporate headquarters are located in Englewood, Colorado, which consists of approximately 264,000 square feet of office space.
 
As of December 31, 2008, excluding delivery centers we have exited, we operated 83 delivery centers that are classified as follows:
 
  •     Multi-Client Center  – We lease space for these centers and serve multiple clients in each facility;
 
  •     Dedicated Center  – We lease space for these centers and dedicate the entire facility to one client; and
 
  •     Managed Center  – These facilities are leased or owned by our clients and we staff and manage these sites on behalf of our clients in accordance with facility management contracts.


16


Table of Contents

 
As of December 31, 2008, our delivery centers were located in the following countries:
 
                                 
    Multi-Client
    Dedicated
    Managed
    Total Number of
 
    Centers     Centers     Centers     Delivery Centers  
 
Argentina
    6             2       8  
Australia
    3       1       1       5  
Brazil
    2             1       3  
Canada
    3       7       1       11  
China
    1             1       2  
Costa Rica
    1                   1  
England
    1             1       2  
Germany
                1       1  
Malaysia
    1                   1  
Mexico
    3                   3  
New Zealand
    1             3       4  
Northern Ireland
    1                   1  
Philippines
    12                   12  
Scotland
          1       3       4  
South Africa
    1                   1  
Spain
    3       1       2       6  
U.S
    6       5       7       18  
                                 
Total
     45        15        23        83  
                                 
 
The leases for all of our delivery centers have remaining terms ranging from one to 12 years and generally contain renewal options. We believe that our existing delivery centers are suitable and adequate for our current operations, and we have plans to build additional centers to accommodate future business.
 
ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
From time to time, we have been involved in claims and lawsuits, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Accruals for claims or lawsuits have been provided for to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and estimable. Although the ultimate outcome of these claims or lawsuits cannot be ascertained, on the basis of present information and advice received from counsel, we believe that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims or lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations.
 
Securities Class Action
 
On January 25, 2008, a class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled Beasley v. TeleTech Holdings, Inc., et al. against TeleTech, certain current directors and officers and others alleging violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act, Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act. The complaint alleges, among other things, false and misleading statements in the Registration Statement and Prospectus in connection with (i) a March 2007 secondary offering of common stock and (ii) various disclosures made and periodic reports filed by us between February 8, 2007 and November 8, 2007. On February 25, 2008, a second nearly identical class action complaint, entitled Brown v. TeleTech Holdings, Inc., et al., was filed in the same court. On May 19, 2008, the actions described above were consolidated under the caption In re: TeleTech Litigation and lead plaintiff and lead counsel were approved. TeleTech and the other individual defendants intend to defend this case vigorously. Although we expect the majority of expenses related to the class action lawsuit to be covered by insurance, there can be no assurance that all of such expenses will be reimbursed.
 
Derivative Action
 
On July 28, 2008, a shareholder derivative action was filed in the Court of Chancery, State of Delaware, entitled Susan M. Gregory v. Kenneth D. Tuchman, et al. , against certain of TeleTech’s former and current


17


Table of Contents

officers and directors alleging, among other things, that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties and were unjustly enriched in connection with: (i) equity grants made in excess of plan limits; and (ii) manipulating the grant dates of stock option grants from 1999 through 2008. TeleTech is named solely as a nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought. Although we expect the majority of expenses related to the shareholder derivative action to be covered by insurance, there can be no assurance that all such expenses will be reimbursed.
 
ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS
 
No matters were submitted to a vote of our security holders during the fourth quarter of 2008.
 
PART II
 
ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
 
Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “TTEC.” The following table sets fourth the range of the high and low sales prices per share of the common stock for the quarters indicated as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market:
 
                 
    High     Low  
 
Fourth Quarter 2008
  $ 13.20     $ 6.43  
Third Quarter 2008
  $ 21.07     $ 10.02  
Second Quarter 2008
  $ 26.88     $ 19.88  
First Quarter 2008
  $ 23.59     $ 16.17  
                 
Fourth Quarter 2007
  $ 27.43     $ 18.76  
Third Quarter 2007
  $ 35.24     $ 22.75  
Second Quarter 2007
  $ 40.41     $ 30.05  
First Quarter 2007
  $ 37.52     $ 23.34  
 
As of December 31, 2008 we had approximately 562 holders of record of our common stock. We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and we do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.
 
Stock Repurchase Program
 
In November 2001, the Board of Directors (“Board”) authorized a stock repurchase program to repurchase up to $5.0 million of our common stock with the objective of increasing stockholder returns. The Board has since periodically authorized additional increases in the program. The most recent Board authorization to purchase additional common stock occurred in July 2008, whereby the program allowance was increased by approximately $47.4 million to $100.0 million. Since inception of the program through December 31, 2008, the Board has authorized the repurchase of shares up to a value of $262.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we purchased 6.5 million shares for $89.6 million. Since inception of the program, we have purchased 21.3 million shares for $251.9 million. As of December 31, 2008, remaining allowance under the program was approximately $10.4 million. In February 2009, the Board authorized an increase of $25.0 million in the funding available for share repurchases. The stock repurchase program does not have an expiration date.


18


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities During the Fourth Quarter of 2008
 
The following table provides information about our repurchases of equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2008:
 
                                 
                Total Number
    Approximate
 
                of Shares
    Dollar Value of
 
                Purchased as
    Shares that May
 
    Total
    Average
    Part of Publicly
    Yet Be Purchased
 
    Number of
    Price Paid
    Announced
    Under the Plans
 
    Shares
    per Share
    Plans or
    or Programs
 
Period   Purchased     (or Unit)     Programs     (In thousands)  
 
October 1, 2008 - October 31, 2008
    182,600     $ 12.53       182,600     $ 22,759  
November 1, 2008 - November 30, 2008
    775,800       9.01       775,800       15,765  
December 1, 2008 - December 31, 2008
    719,200       7.44       719,200       10,418  
                                 
Total
    1,677,600               1,677,600          
                                 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information
 
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2008, the number of shares of our common stock to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, RSUs, warrants and rights, the weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights, and the number of securities available for future issuance under equity-based compensation plans.
 
                         
                Number of Securities
 
    Number of
          Remaining Available
 
    Securities to be
          for Future Issuance
 
    Issued Upon
          Under Equity
 
    Exercise of
    Weighted- Average
    Compensation Plans
 
    Outstanding
    Exercise Price of
    (Excluding
 
    Options, RSUs,
    Outstanding
    Securities
 
    Warrants and
    Options, Warrants
    Reflected in Column
 
Plan Category
  Rights (a)     and Rights(b)     (a))  
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    6,825,275 (1)   $ 11.71 (2)     3,202,904  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
                 
                         
Total
    6,825,275               3,202,904  
 
 
(1) Includes options to purchase 4,201,404 shares and 2,623,871 RSUs issued under our equity incentive plans.
 
(2) Weighted average exercise price of outstanding stock options; excludes RSUs, which have no exercise price.


19


Table of Contents

Stock Performance Graph
 
The graph depicted below compares the performance of TeleTech common stock with the performance of the NASDAQ Composite Index; the Russell 2000 Index; and two customized peer groups over the period beginning on December 31, 2003 and ending on December 31, 2008. The “Old Peer Group,” which we initially formulated in 2002, is composed of APAC Customer Services Inc. (NASDAQ: APAC), Convergys Corporation (NYSE: CVG), Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated (NASDAQ: SYKE) and, in prior years, also included Electronic Data Systems Corporation, Sitel Corporation and West Corporation. The latter three companies are not included in the Old Peer Group because their common stock is no longer publicly traded. In part because the number of companies in the Old Peer Group has dwindled, we have chosen a “New Peer Group” composed of Convergys Corporation (NYSE: CVG), Genpact Limited (NYSE: G), Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated (NASDAQ: SYKE) and Teleperformance (NYSE Euronext: RCF). We also believe that the companies in the New Peer Group are more relevant to our current business model, market capitalization and position in the overall BPO industry.
 
The graph assumes that $100 was invested on December 31, 2003 in our common stock and in each comparison index, and that all dividends were reinvested. We have not declared any dividends on our common stock. Stock price performance shown on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future price performance.
 
COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among TeleTech Holdings, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite Index,
The Russell 2000 Index, An Old Peer Group And A New Peer Group
 
                                                 
    12/03     12/04     12/05     12/06     12/07     12/08  
 
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 
  $ 100     $ 86     $ 107     $ 211     $ 188     $ 74  
NASDAQ Composite
  $ 100     $ 110     $ 113     $ 127     $ 138     $ 80  
Russell 2000
  $ 100     $ 118     $ 124     $ 146     $ 144     $ 95  
Old Peer Group
  $ 100     $ 84     $ 97     $ 144     $ 106     $ 60  
New Peer Group
  $ 100     $ 94     $ 109     $ 156     $ 130     $ 77  
 
(PERFORMANCE GRAPH)
 
*$100 invested on 12/31/03 in stock & index-including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending December 31.


20


Table of Contents

 
ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K (amounts in thousands except share amounts).
 
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006     2005     2004  
 
Statement of Operations Data
                                       
Revenue
  $ 1,400,147     $ 1,369,632     $ 1,210,753     $ 1,085,903     $ 1,052,690  
Cost of services
    (1,024,451 )     (1,001,459 )     (882,809 )     (809,059 )     (772,573 )
Selling, general and administrative
    (199,495 ) (1)     (207,528 ) (1)     (199,995 )     (183,111 )     (165,533 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (59,166 )     (55,953 )     (51,989 )     (54,412 )     (61,147 )
Other operating expenses
    (8,077 ) (2)     (22,904 ) (4)     (2,195 ) (6)     (7,384 ) (7)     (4,693 ) (8)
                                         
Income from operations
    108,958       81,788       73,765       31,937       48,744  
Other income (expense)
    (4,354 )     (6,437 ) (5)     (4,442 )     (156 )     (15,250 ) (9)
Provision for income taxes
    (27,269 ) (3)     (19,562 )     (16,474 ) (3)     (3,953 ) (3)     (9,124 )
Minority Interest
    (3,588 )     (2,686 )     (1,868 )     (1,542 )     (738 )
                                         
Net income
  $ 73,747     $ 53,103     $ 50,981     $ 26,286     $ 23,632  
                                         
Weighed average shares outstanding
                                       
Basic
    68,208       70,228       69,184       72,121       74,751  
Diluted
    69,578       72,638       69,869       73,134       75,637  
Net income per share
                                       
Basic
  $ 1.08     $ 0.76     $ 0.74     $ 0.36     $ 0.32  
Diluted
  $ 1.06     $ 0.73     $ 0.73     $ 0.36     $ 0.31  
Balance Sheet Data
                                       
Total assets
  $ 668,942     $ 760,295     $ 664,421     $ 527,973     $ 499,567  
                                         
Total long-term liabilities
  $ 127,949     $ 118,729     $ 111,800     $ 68,646     $ 36,805  
                                         
 
 
(1) Includes $14.6 million and $11.5 million for 2008 and 2007, respectively, for costs incurred for the Company’s review of its equity-based compensation practices and restatement of the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(2) Includes $3.3 million charge related to reductions in force; $3.0 million charge related to facility exit charges in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 146 Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS 146”); and a $2.0 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS No. 144 A ccounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS 144”).
 
(3) Includes benefits due to the reversal of income tax valuation allowances of $3.9 million, $5.7 million, and $12.7 million for the years 2008, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The year 2006 includes a $3.3 million benefit due to the Enhansiv Holdings, Inc. loss carry forward. The year 2005 includes a $3.7 million charge related to the repatriation of foreign earnings under a Qualified Domestic Reinvestment Plan.
 
(4) Includes the following items: $13.4 million charge related to the impairment of goodwill in accordance with SFAS No. 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”); $2.4 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS 144; $3.8 million charge related to reductions in force; $4.0 million charge related to facility exit charges in accordance with SFAS 146; and $0.7 million benefit related to the revised estimates of restructuring charges.
 
(5) Includes $6.1 million charge related to the sale of assets in accordance with SFAS 144; $7.0 million benefit related to the sale of assets in accordance with SFAS 144; and $2.2 million benefit related to the execution of a software and intellectual property license agreement.


21


Table of Contents

 
(6) Includes $1.0 million charge related to reductions in force; $0.8 million related to facility exit costs in accordance with SFAS 146; and $0.6 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS 144.
 
(7) Includes $2.3 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS 144; $2.1 million charge related to reductions in force; $2.6 million charge related to facility exit charges in accordance with SFAS 146; $0.6 million impairment loss related to a decision to exit a lease early and to discontinue use of certain software; and $0.2 million benefit related to revised estimates of restructuring and impairment charges.
 
(8) Includes $2.6 million charge related to the impairment of property and equipment in accordance with SFAS 144; and $2.1 million charge related to a reduction in workforce and facility exit charges under SFAS 146.
 
(9) Includes $7.6 million one-time charge related to restructuring of our long-term debt; and $2.8 million one-time charge related to the termination of an interest rate swap agreement.
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Executive Summary
 
TeleTech is one of the largest and most geographically diverse global providers of business process outsourcing solutions. We have a 27-year history of designing, implementing and managing critical business processes for Global 1000 companies to help them improve their customers’ experience, expand their strategic capabilities and increase their operating efficiencies. By delivering a high-quality customer experience through the effective integration of customer-facing, front-office processes with internal back-office processes, we enable our clients to better serve, grow and retain their customer base. We have developed deep vertical industry expertise and support approximately 250 business process outsourcing programs serving 100 global clients in the automotive, broadband, cable, financial services, government, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, travel, wireline and wireless communication industries.
 
As globalization of the world’s economy continues to accelerate, businesses are increasingly competing on a large-scale basis due to rapid advances in technology and telecommunications that permit cost-effective real-time global communications and ready access to a highly-skilled worldwide labor force. As a result of these developments, companies have increasingly outsourced business processes to third-party providers in an effort to enhance or maintain their competitive position while increasing shareholder value through improved productivity and profitability.
 
We believe that our revenue will continue to grow over the long-term as global demand for our services is fueled by the following trends:
 
  •     Integration of front- and back-office business processes to provide increased operating efficiencies and an enhanced customer experience especially in light of the weakening global economic environment.   Companies have realized that integrated business processes reduce operating costs and allow customer needs to be met more quickly and efficiently resulting in higher customer satisfaction and brand loyalty thereby improving their competitive position. A majority of our historic revenue has been derived from providing customer-facing front-office solutions to our clients. Given that our global delivery centers are also fully capable of providing back-office solutions, we are uniquely positioned to grow our revenue by winning more back-office opportunities and providing the services during non-peak hours with minimal incremental investment. Furthermore, by spreading our fixed costs across a larger revenue base and increasing our asset utilization, we expect our profitability to improve over time.
 
  •     Increasing percentage of company operations being outsourced to most capable third-party providers.   Having experienced success with outsourcing a portion of their business processes,


22


Table of Contents

  companies are increasingly inclined to outsource a larger percentage of this work. We believe companies will continue to consolidate their business processes with third-party providers, such as TeleTech, who are financially stable and able to invest in their business while also demonstrating an extensive global operating history and an ability to cost-effectively scale to meet their evolving needs.
 
  •     Increasing adoption of outsourcing across broader groups of industries.   Early adopters of the business process outsourcing trend, such as the media and communications industries, are being joined by companies in other industries, including healthcare, retail and financial services. These companies are beginning to adopt outsourcing to improve their business processes and competitiveness. For example, we have seen an increase in our revenue from the healthcare, retail and financial services industries. We believe the number of other industries that will adopt or increase their level of outsourcing will continue to grow further enabling us to increase and diversify our revenue and client base.
 
  •     Focus on speed-to-market by companies launching new products or entering new geographic locations.   As companies broaden their product offerings and seek to enter new emerging markets, they are looking for outsourcing providers that can provide speed-to-market while reducing their capital and operating risk. To achieve these benefits, companies are seeking BPO providers with an extensive operating history, an established global footprint, the financial strength to invest in innovation to deliver more strategic capabilities and the ability to scale and meet customer demands quickly. Given our financial stability, geographic presence in 17 countries and our significant investment in standardized technology and processes, clients increasingly select TeleTech because we can quickly ramp large, complex business processes around the globe in a short period of time while assuring a high-quality experience for their customers.
 
Our Strategy
 
Our objective is to become the world’s largest, most technologically advanced and innovative provider of onshore, offshore and work from home BPO solutions. Companies within the Global 1000 are our primary client targets due to their size, global nature, focus on outsourcing and desire for the global, scalable integrated process solutions that we offer. We have developed, and continue to invest in, a broad set of capabilities designed to serve this growing client need. These investments include our TeleTech@Home offering which allows our employees to serve clients from their home. This capability has enhanced the flexibility of our offering allowing clients to choose our onshore, offshore or work from home employees to meet their outsourced business process needs. In addition we have begun to offer ‘hosted services’ where clients can license any aspect of our global network and proprietary applications. While the revenue from these offerings is small relative to our consolidated revenue, we believe it will continue to grow as these services become more widely adopted by our clients. We aim to further improve our competitive position by investing in a growing suite of new and innovative business process services across our targeted industries.
 
Our business strategy to increase revenue, profitability and our industry position includes the following elements:
 
  •     Deepen and broaden our relationships with existing clients;
 
  •     Win business with new clients and focus on targeted industries where we expect accelerating adoption of business process outsourcing;
 
  •     Continue to invest in innovative proprietary technology and new business offerings;
 
  •     Continue to improve our operating margins through increased asset utilization of our globally diverse delivery centers; and
 
  •     Selectively pursue acquisitions that extend our capabilities, geographic reach and/or industry expertise.


23


Table of Contents

 
Our 2008 Financial Results
 
In 2008, our revenue grew 2.2% over 2007 to $1,400 million. Our income from operations grew 33.2% to $109.0 million or 7.8% of revenue in 2008 from $81.8 million or 6.0% of revenue in 2007. Income from operations in 2008 included $8.1 million of asset impairment and restructuring charges and $14.6 million of selling, general and administrative charges associated with our equity-based compensation review, financial restatement and related lawsuits. Excluding both of these charges, which totaled $22.7 million, our income from operations in 2008 increased 13.3% to $131.7 million or 9.4% of revenue from $116.2 million or 8.5% of revenue in 2007 excluding $11.5 million of charges associated with our equity-based compensation review and financial restatement and $22.9 million of asset impairment and restructuring charges.
 
Our improved revenue and operating margin resulted from growth with both new and existing clients across an expanding array of industry verticals, increased utilization of our delivery centers across a 24-hour period, leveraging our global purchasing power and continued expansion of services from our geographically diverse delivery centers.
 
We have experienced growth in our offshore delivery centers, which primarily serve clients located in other countries. Our offshore delivery capacity now spans seven countries and 25,913 workstations and currently represents 65% of our global delivery capabilities. Revenue in these offshore locations grew 14% in 2008 to $628 million and represented 45% of our total revenue. To meet continued client demand in 2008, we added 5,700 gross workstations primarily in offshore locations including the Philippines, South Africa and Latin America. While historically it was primarily US-based clients that were willing to utilize our offshore delivery capabilities, we have increasingly seen clients in Europe and Asia Pacific willing to utilize our offshore delivery capabilities and expect this trend to continue with clients in other countries. In light of this trend, we plan to continue to selectively expand into new offshore markets. For example, we believe we are one of the first multi-national BPO providers to enter the African continent. As we grow our offshore delivery capabilities and our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations increase, we continue to actively manage this risk via a multi-currency hedging program designed to minimize operating margin volatility.
 
Our strong financial position due to our cash flow from operations and low debt levels allowed us to finance a significant portion of our capital needs and stock repurchases through internally generated cash flows. At December 31, 2008, we had $87.9 million of cash and cash equivalents and a total debt to equity ratio of 25.0%. During 2008, we repurchased $89.6 million of our common stock and since inception of the share repurchase program in 2001 have acquired $251.9 million, or 21.3 million shares, of our outstanding stock.
 
We have incurred substantial expenses for accounting, legal, tax and other professional services in connection with the Audit Committee’s and our internal review of historical, equity-based compensation practices (the “Review”), as well as preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and restated Consolidated Financial Statements. These third-party expenses, which are included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $12.8 million and $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. In addition, in the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 we recorded additional compensation expense of $1.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively, including amounts for incremental federal, state and employment taxes, assessed upon employees under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, including penalties, interest and tax “gross-ups.” We have committed to make our employees whole for any adverse tax consequences arising as a result of the vesting or exercise of mispriced options identified through the Review.
 
Business Overview
 
We serve our clients through the primary business of BPO services. Our BPO business provides outsourced business process and customer management services for a variety of industries through global delivery centers. When we begin operations in a new country, we determine whether the country is intended to primarily serve U.S. based clients, in which case we include the country in our North American


24


Table of Contents

BPO segment, or if the country is intended to serve both domestic clients from that country and U.S. based clients, in which case we include the country in our International BPO segment. This is consistent with our management of the business, internal financial reporting structure and operating focus. Operations for each segment of our BPO business are conducted in the following countries:
 
     
North American BPO
 
International BPO
 
United States
  Argentina
Canada
  Australia
Philippines
  Brazil
    China
    Costa Rica
    England
    Germany
    Malaysia
    Mexico
    New Zealand
    Northern Ireland
    Scotland
    South Africa
    Spain
 
On December 18, 2007, we completed the sale of Customer Solutions Mauritius, an indirect subsidiary that owned a 60% interest in our TeleTech Services India Ltd. joint venture and generated less than 1% of our revenue in 2007. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this disposition.
 
On September 27, 2007, Newgen Results Corporation and related companies (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Newgen”) and TeleTech entered into an agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with our Database Marketing and Consulting business. The transaction was completed on September 28, 2007. This business, which only represented 1% of our revenue in 2007, provided outsourced database management, direct marketing and related customer acquisitions and retention services for automobile dealerships and manufacturers in North America. During 2007, our income from operations was reduced by $20.4 million related to asset impairment and restructuring charges for this business. During 2007, our income from operations before income taxes and minority interest was reduced by $24.3 million. This includes the $20.4 million of asset impairment and restructuring charges discussed above along with a $3.9 million net charge related to the above disposal. The disposal charge includes a loss on the sale of assets of $6.1 million partially offset by software license income of $2.2 million recorded in Other, net. See Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion on the impairment charges and Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this disposition. On December 22, 2008, as discussed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Newgen Results Corporation, filed a voluntary petition for liquidation under Chapter 7 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. Accordingly, we deconsolidated Newgen Results Corporation as of December 22, 2008.
 
See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion regarding our preparation of segment information.
 
BPO Services
 
The BPO business generates revenue based primarily on the amount of time our associates devote to a client’s program. We primarily focus on large global corporations in the following industries: automotive, cable and communications, financial services, healthcare, logistics, media and entertainment, retail, technology, travel and wireline and wireless telecommunications. Revenue is recognized as services are


25


Table of Contents

provided. The majority of our revenue is from multi-year contracts and we expect that trend to continue. However, we do provide certain client programs on a short-term basis.
 
We have historically experienced annual attrition of existing client programs of approximately 6% to 10% of our revenue. Attrition of existing client programs during 2008 and 2007 was 6% and 7%, respectively.
 
The BPO industry is highly competitive. We compete primarily with the in-house business processing operations of our current and potential clients. We also compete with certain companies that provide BPO on an outsourced basis. Our ability to sell our existing services or gain acceptance for new products or services is challenged by the competitive nature of the industry. There can be no assurance that we will be able to sell services to new clients, renew relationships with existing clients, or gain client acceptance of our new products.
 
We have improved our revenue and profitability in both the North American and the International BPO segments by:
 
  •     Capitalizing on the favorable trends in the global outsourcing environment, which we believe will include more companies that want to:
 
  -     Adopt or increase BPO services;
 
  -     Consolidate outsourcing providers with those that have a solid financial position, capital resources to sustain a long-term relationship and globally diverse delivery capabilities across a broad range of solutions;
 
  -     Modify their approach to outsourcing based on total value delivered versus the lowest priced provider; and
 
  -     Better integrate front- and back-office processes.
 
  •     Deepening and broadening relationships with existing clients;
 
  •     Winning business with new clients and focusing on targeted high growth industry verticals;
 
  •     Continuing to diversify revenue into higher-margin offerings such as professional services, talent acquisition, learning services and our hosted TeleTech OnDemand tm capabilities;
 
  •     Increasing capacity utilization during peak and non-peak hours;
 
  •     Scaling our work from home initiative to increase operational flexibility; and
 
  •     Completing select acquisitions that extend our core BPO capabilities or vertical expertise.
 
Our ability to renew or enter into new multi-year contracts, particularly large complex opportunities, is dependent upon the macroeconomic environment in general and the specific industry environments in which our clients operate. A weakening of the U.S. or the global economy could lengthen sales cycles or cause delays in closing new business opportunities.
 
Our potential clients typically obtain bids from multiple vendors and evaluate many factors in selecting a service provider, including, among other factors, the scope of services offered, the service record of the vendor and price. We generally price our bids with a long-term view of profitability and, accordingly, we consider all of our fixed and variable costs in developing our bids. We believe that our competitors, at times, may bid business based upon a short-term view, as opposed to our longer-term view, resulting in a lower price bid. While we believe our clients’ perceptions of the value we provide results in our being successful in certain competitive bid situations, there are often situations where a potential client may prefer a lower cost.
 
Our industry is labor-intensive and the majority of our operating costs relate to wages, employee benefits and employment taxes. An improvement in the local or global economies where our delivery centers are located could lead to increased labor-related costs. In addition, our industry experiences high personnel turnover, and the length of training time required to implement new programs continues to increase due to


26


Table of Contents

increased complexities of our clients’ businesses. This may create challenges if we obtain several significant new clients or implement several new, large-scale programs and need to recruit, hire and train qualified personnel at an accelerated rate.
 
As discussed above, to some extent our profitability is influenced by the number of new client programs entered into within the period. For new programs we defer revenue related to initial training (“Training Revenue”) when training is billed as a separate component from production rates. Consequently, the corresponding training costs associated with this revenue, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses (“Training Costs”), are also deferred. In these circumstances, both the Training Revenue and Training Costs are amortized straight-line over the life of the contract. In situations where Training Revenue is not billed separately, but rather included in the production rates, there is no deferral as all revenue is recognized over the life of the contract and the associated training expenses are expensed as incurred.
 
Deferred Training Revenue increased $2.6 million in 2008 to $15.3 million from $12.7 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Correspondingly, Deferred Training Costs increased $1.3 million in 2008 to $6.6 million from $5.3 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in these deferrals was due to growth in new client programs where training was billed separately during the period. As of December 31, 2008, we had Deferred Training Revenue, net of Deferred Training Costs, of $8.7 million that will be recognized into our income from operations over the remaining life of the corresponding contracts (approximately 14 months). See Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of deferred training revenue.
 
We may have difficulties managing the timeliness of launching new or expanded client programs and the associated internal allocation of personnel and resources. This could cause slower than anticipated revenue growth and/or higher than expected costs primarily related to hiring, training and retaining the required workforce, either of which could adversely affect our operating results.
 
Quarterly, we review our capacity utilization and projected demand for future capacity. In conjunction with these reviews, we may decide to consolidate or close under-performing delivery centers, including those impacted by the loss of a major client program, in order to maintain or improve targeted utilization and margins. In addition, because clients may request that we serve their customers from international delivery centers with lower prevailing labor rates, in the future we may decide to close one or more of our delivery centers, even though it is generating positive cash flow, because we believe the future profits from conducting such work outside the current delivery center may more than compensate for the one-time charges related to closing the facility.
 
Our profitability is influenced by our ability to increase capacity utilization in our delivery centers. We attempt to minimize the financial impact resulting from idle capacity when planning the development and opening of new delivery centers or the expansion of existing delivery centers. As such, management considers numerous factors that affect capacity utilization, including anticipated expirations, reductions, terminations, or expansions of existing programs and the potential size and timing of new client contracts that we expect to obtain. As a result, we expanded our capacity in 2008 by approximately 5,700 gross workstations in primarily offshore locations including the Philippines, South Africa and Latin America. Concurrent with these increases, we also reduced our capacity in 2008 by approximately 3,200 workstations in North America, Asia Pacific, Spain and Mexico as we continue to rationalize our capacity based on client demand.
 
To respond more rapidly to changing market demands, to implement new programs and to expand existing programs, we may be required to commit to additional capacity prior to the contracting of additional business, which may result in idle capacity. This is largely due to the significant time required to negotiate and execute a client contract as we concentrate our marketing efforts toward obtaining large, complex BPO programs.
 
We internally target capacity utilization in our delivery centers at 80% to 90% of our available workstations. As of December 31, 2008, the overall capacity utilization in our Multi-Client Centers


27


Table of Contents

was 71% and is lower than the prior year due to softness of existing client volumes in light of the weakening economic environment. The table below presents workstation data for our multi-client centers as of December 31, 2008 and 2007. Dedicated and Managed Centers (9,048 and 10,055 workstations, at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively) are excluded from the workstation data as unused workstations in these facilities are not available for sale. Our utilization percentage is defined as the total number of utilized production workstations compared to the total number of available production workstations. We may change the designation of shared or dedicated centers based on the normal changes in our business environment and client needs.
 
                                                 
    December 31, 2008     December 31, 2007  
    Total
                Total
             
    Production
          % In
    Production
          % In
 
    Workstations     In Use     Use     Workstations     In Use     Use  
 
North American BPO
                                               
Sites open < 1 year
    2,401       1,043       43 %     3,061       1,204       39 %
Sites open > 1 year
    15,682       12,515       80 %     13,036       11,839       91 %
                                                 
Total North American BPO
    18,083       13,558       75 %     16,097       13,043       81 %
                                                 
International BPO
                                               
Sites open < 1 year
    2,795       1,233       44 %     2,502       1,346       54 %
Sites open > 1 year
    10,010       7,239       72 %     9,746       7,879       81 %
                                                 
Total International BPO
    12,805       8,472       66 %     12,248       9,225       75 %
                                                 
Total
    30,888       22,030       71 %     28,345       22,268       79 %
                                                 
 
Database Marketing and Consulting
 
On September 27, 2007, Newgen and TeleTech entered into an agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with our Database Marketing and Consulting business. As a result of the transaction which was completed on September 28, 2007, Newgen received $3.2 million in cash and recorded a loss on disposal of $6.1 million. See Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of this disposition.
 
The revenue from this business was generated utilizing a database and contact system to promote the sales and service business of automobile dealership customers using targeted marketing solutions through the phone, mail, email, and the Web. This business generated a loss from operations of approximately $0.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
 
Concurrent with the sale, we entered into an agreement with the buyer of our Database Marketing and Consulting business to provide ongoing BPO services to that segment that were previously being performed by us. We reviewed the direct cash flows associated with this agreement and compared them to our estimates of the revenue associated with the Database Marketing and Consulting business. We concluded that these direct cash flows were significant. As a result, the operations included in the Database Marketing and Consulting business did not meet the criteria under Statement of Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144 A ccounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS 144”) and therefore was not classified as discontinued operations.
 
Prior to the sale and as a result of the business’ continued losses, during June 2007, we determined that it was “more-likely-than-not” that we would dispose of our Database Marketing and Consulting business. This triggered impairment testing on an interim basis for this segment under the guidance of SFAS No. 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”) as discussed in Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. As a result, the Database, Marketing and Consulting business recorded an impairment loss of $13.4 million during the second quarter of 2007 to reduce the carrying value of their goodwill to zero.


28


Table of Contents

On December 22, 2008, as discussed in Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements, Newgen Results Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, filed a voluntary petition for liquidation under Chapter 7 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. Under Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , a consolidation of a majority-owned subsidiary is precluded where control does not rest with the majority owners. Accordingly, the Company deconsolidated Newgen Results Corporation as of December 22, 2008.
 
Overall
 
As shown in the “Results of Operations” section which follows later, we have improved income from operations for our North American and International BPO segments. The increases are attributable to a variety of factors such as expansion of work on certain client programs, transitioning work on certain client programs to lower cost operating centers, improving individual client program profit margins and/or eliminating underperforming programs and our multi – phased cost reduction plan.
 
As we pursue acquisition opportunities, it is possible that the contemplated benefits of any future acquisitions may not materialize within the expected time periods or to the extent anticipated. Critical to the success of our acquisition strategy is the orderly, effective integration of acquired businesses into our organization. If this integration is unsuccessful, our business may be adversely impacted. There is also the risk that our valuation assumptions and models for an acquisition may be overly optimistic or incorrect.
 
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
 
Management’s discussion and analysis of its financial condition and results of operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses as well as the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We regularly review our estimates and assumptions. These estimates and assumptions, which are based upon historical experience and on various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Reported amounts and disclosures may have been different had management used different estimates and assumptions or if different conditions had occurred in the periods presented. Below is a discussion of the policies that we believe may involve a high degree of judgment and complexity.
 
Revenue Recognition
 
For each client arrangement, we determine whether evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of our service has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If all criteria are met, we recognize revenue at the time services are performed. If any of these criteria are not met, revenue recognition is deferred until such time as all of the criteria are met.
 
Our BPO segments recognize revenue under three models:
 
Production Rate  – Revenue is recognized based on the billable time or transactions of each associate, as defined in the client contract. The rate per billable time or transaction is based on a pre-determined contractual rate. This contractual rate can fluctuate based on our performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and performance.
 
Performance - based  – Under performance-based arrangements, we are paid by our clients based on the achievement of certain levels of sales or other client-determined criteria specified in the client contract. We recognize performance-based revenue by measuring our actual results against the performance criteria specified in the contracts. Amounts collected from clients prior to the performance of services are recorded as deferred revenue, which is recorded in Other short-term liabilities or Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.


29


Table of Contents

Hybrid  – Hybrid models include production rate and performance-based elements. For these types of arrangements, we allocate revenue to the elements based on the relative fair value of each element. Revenue for each element is recognized based on the methods described above.
 
Certain client programs provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether we meet or exceed certain performance criteria as set forth in the contract. Increases or decreases to monthly billings arising from such contract terms are reflected in revenue as earned or incurred.
 
Periodically we make certain expenditures related to acquiring contracts, or providing up front discounts for future services to existing customers (recorded as Contract Acquisition Costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets). Those expenditures are capitalized and amortized in proportion to the expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. Amortization of these amounts are recorded as a reduction of revenue.
 
Income Taxes
 
We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”), which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. When circumstances warrant, we assess the likelihood that our net deferred tax assets will more likely than not be recovered from future projected taxable income.
 
As required by SFAS 109, we continually review the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in future tax periods under the “more-likely-than-not” criteria. In making this judgment, SFAS 109 requires that all available evidence, both positive and negative, should be considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is required.
 
The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently issued Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), an interpretation of SFAS 109. FIN 48 was effective for our 2007 year. FIN 48 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS 109. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. We evaluate these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on the consideration of several factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable tax law, and settlement of issues under audit. We recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in Provision for Income Taxes in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). See Note 1 and Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of the impact FIN 48 has had on our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
 
We have established an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for uncollectible accounts receivable. Each quarter, management reviews the receivables on an account-by-account basis and assigns a probability of collection. Management’s judgment is used in assessing the probability of collection. Factors considered in making this judgment include, among other things, the age of the identified receivable, client financial condition, previous client payment history and any recent communications with the client.
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
The Company evaluates the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carry amount may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS 144. An asset is considered to be impaired when the anticipated undiscounted future cash


30


Table of Contents

flows of an asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. Fair value estimates are based on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows and assumed discount rates.
 
Goodwill
 
We assess the realizability of goodwill annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate it may be impaired. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value. The impairment, if any, is measured based on the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. We aggregate segment components with similar economic characteristics in forming a reporting unit; aggregation can be based on types of customers, methods of distribution of services, shared operations, acquisition history, and management judgment and reporting.
 
We estimate fair value using discounted cash flows of the reporting units. The most significant assumptions used in these analyses are those made in estimating future cash flows. In estimating future cash flows, we use financial assumptions in our internal forecasting model such as projected capacity utilization, projected changes in the prices we charge for our services, projected labor costs, as well as contract negotiation status. The projected revenue average growth rates of our reporting units ranged from a revenue decline of (14%) to a revenue growth of 6% per annum over a three year period. The financial and credit market volatility directly impacts our fair value measurement through our weighted average cost of capital that we use to determine our discount rate. We use a discount rate we consider appropriate for the country where the business unit is providing services. Based on the analyses performed in the fourth quarter of 2008, there was no impairment to the December 31, 2008 goodwill balances of our reporting units. If actual results are less than the assumptions used in performing the impairment test, the fair value of the reporting units may be significantly lower, causing the carrying value to exceed the fair value and indicating an impairment has occurred. However, a decrease of 8-10% in the estimated fair value of any of our reporting units at December 31, 2008 would not have resulted in a goodwill impairment charge.
 
Restructuring Liability
 
We routinely assess the profitability and utilization of our delivery centers and existing markets. In some cases, we have chosen to close under-performing delivery centers and complete reductions in workforce to enhance future profitability. We follow SFAS No. 146 Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS 146”), which specifies that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, rather than upon commitment to a plan.
 
A significant assumption used in determining the amount of the estimated liability for closing delivery centers is the estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant centers, which we determine based on our ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords and/or our ability to sublease the facility. If our assumptions regarding early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record additional losses, or conversely, a reversal of previously reported losses.
 
Adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and Equity-Based Compensation Expense
 
During the first quarter of 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123(R) Accounting for Share Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”) applying the modified prospective method. SFAS 123(R) requires all equity-based payments to employees to be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) based on the grant date fair value of the award. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we accounted for equity-based awards under the intrinsic value method, which followed recognition and measurement principles of APB 25 and related interpretations, and equity-based compensation was included as pro-forma disclosure within the notes to the financial statements. We did not modify the terms of any previously granted options in anticipation of the adoption of SFAS 123(R).


31


Table of Contents

In accordance with SFAS 123(R), we are required to estimate a forfeiture rate related to pre-vested equity awards based on historical forfeitures. Stock-based compensation expense is adjusted once an equity award cancels or vests, which could result in a difference from what was originally recorded. See Note 18 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more discussion on equity-based accounting.
 
Fair Value Measurement
 
Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS No. 157 Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”), which provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP. As defined in SFAS 157, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price). The Company utilizes market data or assumptions that the Company believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, including assumptions about counter party credit risk, including the ability of each party to execute its obligation under the contract, and the risks inherent in the inputs to the valuation technique. These inputs can be readily observable, market corroborated or generally unobservable.
 
The Company primarily applies the market approach for recurring fair value measurements and endeavors to utilize the best available information. Accordingly, the Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The Company is able to classify fair value balances based on the observability of those inputs.
 
SFAS 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy defined by SFAS 157 are as follows:
 
Level 1  Quoted prices are available in active markets for identical assets or liabilities as of the reporting date. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur in sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments such as exchange-traded derivatives, listed equities and U.S. government treasury securities.
 
Level 2  Pricing inputs are other than quoted prices in active markets included in Level 1, which are either directly or indirectly observable as of the reporting date. Level 2 includes those financial instruments that are valued using models or other valuation methodologies. These models are primarily industry-standard models that consider various assumptions, including quoted forward prices for commodities, time value, volatility factors, and current market and contractual prices for the underlying instruments, as well as other relevant economic measures. Substantially all of these assumptions are observable in the marketplace throughout the full term of the instrument, can be derived from observable data or are supported by observable levels at which transactions are executed in the marketplace. Instruments in this category include non-exchange-traded derivatives such as over-the-counter forwards, options and repurchase agreements.
 
Level 3  Pricing inputs include significant inputs that are generally less observable from objective sources. These inputs may be used with internally developed methodologies that result in management’s best estimate of fair value from the perspective of a market participant. Level 3 instruments include those that may be more structured or otherwise tailored to customers’ needs. At each balance sheet date, the Company performs an analysis of all instruments subject to SFAS 157 and includes in Level 3 all of those whose fair value is based on significant unobservable inputs.
 
Derivatives
 
We account for financial derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133 Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended (“SFAS 133”). We enter into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate


32


Table of Contents

fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges, as defined by SFAS 133. We also entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge our net investment in a foreign operation.
 
All derivative financial instruments are reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), a component of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they are deemed effective. Based on the criteria established by SFAS 133, all of our cash flow hedge contracts are deemed to be highly effective. Changes in fair value of our net investment hedge is recorded in cumulative translation adjustment in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets offsetting the change in cumulative translation adjustment attributable to the hedged portion of our net investment in the foreign operation. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transaction within Revenue. Gains and losses from the settlements of our net investment hedge remain in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment.
 
We also enter into fair value derivative contracts that hedge against translation gains and losses. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged, with changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in earnings.
 
While we expect that our derivative instruments will continue to be highly effective and in compliance with applicable guidance under SFAS 133, as amended, if our hedges did not qualify as highly effective or if we determine that forecasted transactions will not occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges would be reflected currently in earnings.
 
In addition to hedging activities, we also have embedded derivatives in certain foreign lease contracts. We bifurcate the embedded derivative feature from the host contract in accordance with SFAS 133, with any changes in fair value of the embedded derivatives recognized in Cost of Services.
 
Contingencies
 
We record a liability in accordance with SFAS No. 5 Accounting for Contingencies for pending litigation and claims where losses are both probable and reasonably estimable. Each quarter, management, reviews all litigation and claims on a case-by-case basis and assigns probability of loss and range of loss.
 
Explanation of Key Metrics and Other Items
 
Cost of Services
 
Cost of services principally includes costs incurred in connection with our BPO operations and database marketing services, including direct labor, telecommunications, printing, postage, sales and use tax and certain fixed costs associated with delivery centers. In addition, cost of services includes income related to grants we may receive from local or state governments as an incentive to locate delivery centers in their jurisdictions which reduce the cost of services for those facilities.
 
Selling, General and Administrative
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses primarily include costs associated with administrative services such as sales, marketing, product development, legal settlements, legal, information systems (including core technology and telephony infrastructure) and accounting and finance. It also includes equity-based compensation expense, outside professional fees (i.e. legal and accounting services), building expense for non-delivery center facilities and other items associated with general business administration.


33


Table of Contents

Restructuring Charges, Net
 
Restructuring charges, net primarily include costs incurred in conjunction with reductions in force or decisions to exit facilities, including termination benefits and lease liabilities, net of expected sublease rentals.
 
Interest Expense
 
Interest expense includes interest expense and amortization of debt issuance costs associated with our debts and capitalized lease obligations.
 
Other Income
 
The main components of other income are miscellaneous receipts not directly related to our operating activities, such as foreign exchange transaction gains and income from the sale of a software and intellectual property license agreement.
 
Other Expenses
 
The main components of other expenses are expenditures not directly related to our operating activities, such as foreign exchange transaction losses and corporate legal settlements.
 
Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements
 
Free Cash Flow
 
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP liquidity measurement. We believe that free cash flow is useful to our investors because it measures, during a given period, the amount of cash generated that is available for debt obligations and investments other than purchases of property, plant and equipment. Free cash flow is not a measure determined by GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for “income from operations,” “net income,” “net cash provided by operating activities,” or any other measure determined in accordance with GAAP. We believe this non-GAAP liquidity measure is useful, in addition to the most directly comparable GAAP measure of “net cash provided by operating activities,” because free cash flow includes investments in operational assets. Free cash flow does not represent residual cash available for discretionary expenditures, since it includes cash required for debt service. Free cash flow also excludes cash that may be necessary for acquisitions, investments and other needs that may arise.
 
The following table reconciles free cash flow to net cash provided by operating activities for our consolidated results (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Free cash flow
  $ 98,854     $ 42,431     $ 33,058  
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    61,712 (1)     61,083       66,016  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 160,566     $ 103,514     $ 99,074  
                         
 
 
(1) Purchases of property, plant and equipment in 2008 are net of proceeds from a government grant of $4,276.
 
We discuss factors affecting free cash flow between periods in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section below.
 
Non-GAAP Income from Operations
 
We discuss our income from operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 excluding asset impairment and restructuring charges, and costs associated with our equity-based compensation review and financial restatement, which is a non-GAAP financial measure. We believe this measure provides meaningful supplemental information by indentifying matters that are not indicative of core business operating results or are of a substantially non-recurring nature. A reconciliation of this non-


34


Table of Contents

GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is included with the presentation of the non-GAAP financial measure.
 
Non-GAAP Effective Tax Rate
 
The effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is discussed using non-GAAP financial measures that exclude the effects of amounts associated with restructuring and asset impairments charges, the release of valuation allowances and reduction in our FIN 48 tax liability, gains/losses from the dispositions of assets, and changes due to certain tax planning and corporate restructuring activities. Management believes that it is helpful to exclude these effects to better understand and analyze the periods’ effective tax rate given the discrete nature of these items. A reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure is included with the presentation of the non-GAAP financial measures.


35


Table of Contents

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
Year Ended December 31, 2008 Compared to December 31, 2007
 
The following tables are presented to facilitate Management’s Discussion and Analysis. The following table presents results of operations by segment for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 (dollar amounts in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
          % of
          % of
             
          Segment
          Segment
             
    2008     Revenue     2007     Revenue     $ Change     % Change  
 
Revenue
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 974,815       69.6 %   $ 955,810       69.8 %   $ 19,005       2.0 %
International BPO
    425,332       30.4 %     396,080       28.9 %     29,252       7.4 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
          0.0 %     17,742       1.3 %     (17,742 )     (100.0 )%
                                                 
    $ 1,400,147       100.0 %   $ 1,369,632       100.0 %   $ 30,515       2.2 %
Cost of services
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 708,290       72.7 %   $ 689,793       72.2 %   $ 18,497       2.7 %
International BPO
    315,989       74.3 %     299,927       75.7 %     16,062       5.4 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    172       0.0 %     11,739       66.2 %     (11,567 )     (98.5 )%
                                                 
    $ 1,024,451       73.2 %   $ 1,001,459       73.1 %   $ 22,992       2.3 %
Selling, general and administrative
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 125,034       12.8 %   $ 126,517       13.2 %   $ (1,483 )     (1.2 )%
International BPO
    74,044       17.4 %     66,700       16.8 %     7,344       11.0 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    417       0.0 %     14,311       80.7 %     (13,894 )     (97.1 )%
                                                 
    $ 199,495       14.2 %   $ 207,528       15.2 %   $ (8,033 )     (3.9 )%
Depreciation and amortization
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 36,521       3.7 %   $ 31,964       3.3 %   $ 4,557       14.3 %
International BPO
    22,631       5.3 %     20,076       5.1 %     2,555       12.7 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    14       0.0 %     3,913       22.1 %     (3,899 )     (99.6 )%
                                                 
    $ 59,166       4.2 %   $ 55,953       4.1 %   $ 3,213       5.7 %
Restructuring charges, net
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 2,880       0.3 %   $ 1,280       0.1 %   $ 1,600       125.0 %
International BPO
    3,226       0.8 %     1,050       0.3 %     2,176       207.2 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    (47 )     0.0 %     4,785       27.0 %     (4,832 )     (101.0 )%
                                                 
    $ 6,059       0.4 %   $ 7,115       0.5 %   $ (1,056 )     (14.8 )%
Impairment losses
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 1,854       0.2 %   $ 154       0.0 %   $ 1,700       1103.9 %
International BPO
    164       0.0 %           0.0 %     164       100.0 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
          0.0 %     15,635       88.1 %     (15,635 )     (100.0 )%
                                                 
    $ 2,018       0.1 %   $ 15,789       1.2 %   $ (13,771 )     (87.2 )%
Income (loss) from operations
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 100,236       10.3 %   $ 106,102       11.1 %   $ (5,866 )     (5.5 )%
International BPO
    9,278       2.2 %     8,327       2.1 %     951       11.4 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    (556 )     0.0 %     (32,641 )     (184.0 )%     32,085       98.3 %
                                                 
    $ 108,958       7.8 %   $ 81,788       6.0 %   $ 27,170       33.2 %
                                                 
Other income (expense)
  $ (4,354 )     (0.3 )%   $ (6,437 )     (0.5 )%   $ 2,083       32.4 %
                                                 
Provision for income taxes
  $ (27,269 )     (1.9 )%   $ (19,562 )     (1.4 )%   $ (7,707 )     (39.4 )%
 
Revenue
 
Our strategy of continuing to increase our offshore revenue delivery resulted in an increase in our percentage of offshore revenue. Our offshore delivery capacity now represents 65% of our global delivery capabilities. Revenue in these offshore locations grew 14% in 2008 from the prior year to $628 million from $549 million, and represented 45% of our total revenue. An important component of our growth strategy is continued international expansion. Factors that may impact our ability to maintain our offshore


36


Table of Contents

operating margins are potential increases in competition for the available workforce, the trend of higher occupancy costs and foreign currency fluctuations.
 
Revenue for North American BPO for 2008 compared to 2007 was $974.8 million and $955.8 million, respectively. The increase in revenue for the North American BPO was due to net expansion of client programs of $58.4 million offset by certain program terminations of $39.4 million.
 
Revenue for International BPO for 2008 compared to 2007 was $425.3 million and $396.1 million, respectively. The increase in revenue for the International BPO was due to the net expansion of client programs of $36.9 million, positive changes in foreign exchange rates causing an increase in revenue of $7.3 million, offset by certain program terminations of $15.0 million.
 
Revenue for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2008 compared to 2007 was $0.0 million and $17.7 million, respectively. Substantially all of the assets and liabilities associated with this business were sold in September 2007 and therefore, no revenue was generated in 2008.
 
Cost of Services
 
Cost of services for North American BPO for 2008 compared to 2007 was $708.3 million and $689.8 million, respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the North American BPO increased slightly compared to the prior year. In absolute dollars the increase is due to an increase of $20.0 million in employee related expenses due to implementation of new and expanded client programs and a net decrease of $1.5 million in other expenses.
 
Cost of services for International BPO for 2008 compared to 2007 was $316.0 million and $299.9 million, respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the International BPO decreased compared to the prior year due to expanded off-shoring of certain international clients. In absolute dollars the increase is due to an increase of $7.7 million in employee related expenses due to implementation of new clients and the growth of existing clients, with approximately $4.2 million of that increase due to changes in foreign exchange rates, a $4.6 million increase in rent and telecommunications, and $3.8 million in net increases in other expenses.
 
Cost of services for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2008 compared to 2007 was $0.2 million and $11.7 million, respectively. The decrease from the prior year was due to the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities associated with this business in September 2007.
 
Selling, General and Administrative
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for North American BPO for 2008 compared to 2007 were $125.0 million and $126.5 million, respectively. The expenses decreased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as a result of decreased employee related expenses of $5.9 million offset by an increase of $1.9 million of professional fees and payroll taxes associated with the equity-based compensation review and restatement of our historic financial statements and related lawsuits, and a net increase in other expenses of $2.5 million.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for International BPO for 2008 compared to 2007 were $74.0 million and $66.7 million, respectively. The expenses increased in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as a result of an increase to employee related expenses of $3.0 million, an increase of $1.3 million of professional fees and payroll taxes associated with the equity-based compensation review and restatement of our historical financial statements and related lawsuits, and a net increase of $3.0 million in other expenses.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2008 compared to 2007 were $0.4 million and $14.3 million, respectively. The decrease was due to the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities associated with this business in September 2007.


37


Table of Contents

Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization expense on a consolidated basis for 2008 and 2007 was $59.2 million and $56.0 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense in both the North American BPO and International BPO as a percentage of revenue increased slightly compared to the prior year. The North American BPO included an increase in the Philippines of $5.0 million due to investment in new capacity. The International BPO included an increase for Latin America of $1.9 million and an increase for Africa of $0.6 million both due to new capacity. The Database Marketing and Consulting depreciation expense decreased by $3.9 million due to the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities associated with this business in September 2007.
 
Restructuring Charges
 
During 2008, we recorded $6.1 million of restructuring charges compared to $7.1 million in 2007. During 2008, we undertook several restructuring activities including the closure of four North American BPO delivery centers and reductions in workforce in our International BPO segment to better align our workforce with current business needs.
 
Impairment Losses
 
During 2008, we recorded $2.0 million of impairment charges compared to $15.8 million in 2007. In 2008, these impairment charges related primarily to the closure of two North American BPO delivery centers. In 2007, this charge related primarily to the impairment of fixed assets and goodwill in our Database Marketing and Consulting business.
 
Other Income (Expense)
 
For 2008, total other income (expense) decreased by $2.1 million primarily due to an increase of interest income of $2.5 million due to higher cash and cash equivalent balances, primarily in international locations earning higher average interest rates.
 
Income Taxes
 
The effective tax rate for 2008 was 26.1%. This compares to an effective tax rate of 26.0% in 2007. The 2008 effective tax rate is positively influenced by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday and the distribution of income between the U.S. and international tax jurisdictions. The effective tax rate for 2008 was lower than expected due to the release of $3.9 million of valuation allowance in the United Kingdom, the Netherlands and the United States and a net reduction of $0.1 million FIN 48 tax liability. Without these items, our effective tax rate in 2008 would have been 29.9%. The effective tax rate for 2007 of 26.0% was lower than expected due to the second quarter impairment and third quarter restructuring and loss on the sale of subsidiary recorded for our Database Marketing and Consulting business as discussed in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These charges were all recorded in the U.S. tax jurisdiction and reduced income before taxes recorded in the U.S. and thereby increased the proportion of income before taxes earned in international tax jurisdictions. Finally, we realized a $2.4 million benefit related to a permanent difference in calculating the gain from disposition of our India joint venture in the fourth quarter of 2007 as discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and a $1.4 million benefit related to certain tax planning and corporate restructuring activities and the reversal of $0.9 million in deferred tax valuation allowance recorded against tax assets in prior years. Without these items, our effective tax rate in 2007 would have been 32.2%. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control. Further, income taxes are subject to changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions, in which we operate, as well as the requirements, pronouncements and rulings of certain tax, regulatory and accounting organizations. In future years, our effective tax rate is expected to return to approximately 30% to 33%, principally because we expect our distribution of pre-tax income between the U.S. and our international tax jurisdictions to return to more typical levels seen in recent years.


38


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2007 Compared to December 31, 2006
 
The following table presents results of operations by segment for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 (amounts in thousands):
 
                                                 
    Year Ended December 31,              
          % of
          % of
             
          Segment
          Segment
             
    2007     Revenue     2006     Revenue     $ Change     % Change  
 
Revenue
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 955,810       69.8 %   $ 814,419       67.3 %   $ 141,391       17.4 %
International BPO
    396,080       28.9 %     356,106       29.4 %     39,974       11.2 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    17,742       1.3 %     40,228       3.3 %     (22,486 )     (55.9 )%
                                                 
    $ 1,369,632       100.0 %   $ 1,210,753       100.0 %   $ 158,879       13.1 %
Cost of services
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 689,793       72.2 %   $ 587,984       72.2 %   $ 101,809       17.3 %
International BPO
    299,927       75.7 %     271,986       76.4 %     27,941       10.3 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    11,739       66.2 %     22,839       56.8 %     (11,100 )     (48.6 )%
                                                 
    $ 1,001,459       73.1 %   $ 882,809       72.9 %   $ 118,650       13.4 %
Selling, general and administrative
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 126,517       13.2 %   $ 112,688       13.8 %   $ 13,829       12.3 %
International BPO
    66,700       16.8 %     62,434       17.5 %     4,266       6.8 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    14,311       80.7 %     24,873       61.8 %     (10,562 )     (42.5 )%
                                                 
    $ 207,528       15.2 %   $ 199,995       16.5 %   $ 7,533       3.8 %
Depreciation and amortization
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 31,964       3.3 %   $ 27,918       3.4 %   $ 4,046       14.5 %
International BPO
    20,076       5.1 %     16,569       4.7 %     3,507       21.2 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    3,913       22.1 %     7,502       18.6 %     (3,589 )     (47.8 )%
                                                 
    $ 55,953       4.1 %   $ 51,989       4.3 %   $ 3,964       7.6 %
Restructuring charges, net
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 1,280       0.1 %   $ 103       0.0 %   $ 1,177       1142.7 %
International BPO
    1,050       0.3 %     1,420       0.4 %     (370 )     (26.1 )%
Database Marketing and Consulting
    4,785       27.0 %     107       0.3 %     4,678       4372.0 %
                                                 
    $ 7,115       0.5 %   $ 1,630       0.1 %   $ 5,485       336.5 %
Impairment losses
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 154       0.0 %   $ 87       0.0 %   $ 67       77.0 %
International BPO
          0.0 %     478       0.1 %     (478 )     (100.0 )%
Database Marketing and Consulting
    15,635       88.1 %           0.0 %     15,635       100.0 %
                                                 
    $ 15,789       1.2 %   $ 565       0.0 %   $ 15,224       2694.5 %
Income (loss) from operations
                                               
North American BPO
  $ 106,102       11.1 %   $ 85,639       10.5 %   $ 20,463       23.9 %
International BPO
    8,327       2.1 %     3,219       0.9 %     5,108       158.7 %
Database Marketing and Consulting
    (32,641 )     (184.0 )%     (15,093 )     (37.5 )%     (17,548 )     (116.3 )%
                                                 
    $ 81,788       6.0 %   $ 73,765       6.1 %   $ 8,023       10.9 %
                                                 
Other income (expense)
  $ (6,437 )     (0.5 )%   $ (4,442 )     (0.4 )%   $ (1,995 )     (44.9 )%
                                                 
Provision for income taxes
  $ (19,562 )     (1.4 )%   $ (16,474 )     (1.4 )%   $ (3,088 )     (18.7 )%
 
Revenue
 
Revenue for the North American BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 was $955.8 million and $814.4 million, respectively. The increase in revenue for the North American BPO was due to net expansion of client programs of $153.2 million, the inclusion of a full-year of revenue from Direct Alliance Corporation (“DAC”) of $27.7 million offset by certain program terminations of $39.5 million. DAC was purchased effective June 30, 2006 thus the increase relates to 2006 including six months of revenue and 2007 including twelve months of revenue.


39


Table of Contents

Revenue for the International BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 was $396.1 million and $356.1 million, respectively. The increase in revenue for the International BPO was due to net expansion of client programs of $38.5 million, positive changes in foreign exchange rates causing an increase in revenue of $32.3 million, and certain program terminations of $30.9 million.
 
Revenue for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2007 compared to 2006 was $17.7 million and $40.2 million, respectively. The decrease is due primarily to a net decline in clients and the disposition of the business in September 2007.
 
Cost of Services
 
Cost of services for the North American BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 was $689.8 million and $588.0 million, respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the North American BPO remained consistent as compared to the prior year. In absolute dollars, the increase is due to an increase of $77.5 million in employee related expenses due to implementation of new and expanded client programs, an increase of $17.3 million due to the inclusion of a full-year of DAC, an increase of $5.0 million for rent and telecommunications and $2.0 million in net increases in other expenses.
 
Cost of services for the International BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 was $299.9 million and $272.0 million, respectively. Cost of services as a percentage of revenue in the International BPO decreased due to rapid expansion of our offshore capacity in lower cost locations. In absolute dollars, the increase is due to an increase of $19.0 million in employee related expenses due to implementation of new and the growth of existing clients, with approximately $22.2 million of that increase due to changes in foreign exchange rates, an increase of $3.2 million for rent and telecommunications, and $5.7 million in net increases in other expenses.
 
Cost of services for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2007 compared to 2006 was $11.7 million and $22.8 million, respectively. The decrease from the prior year was primarily due to cost reductions and the disposition of the business in September 2007.
 
Selling, General and Administrative
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the North American BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 were $126.5 million and $112.7 million, respectively. The expenses increased in absolute dollars as a result of $8.2 million of professional fees and payroll taxes associated with the equity-based compensation review and restatement of our historical financial statements, $9.0 million due to the inclusion of a full-year of DAC, offset by net decreases in other expenses.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for the International BPO for 2007 compared to 2006 were $66.7 million and $62.4 million, respectively. These expenses for the International BPO increased in absolute dollars as a result of higher business volumes and $3.2 million of professional fees and payroll taxes associated with the equity-based compensation review and restatement of our historical financial statements and decreased as a percentage of revenue due to headcount reductions in our operations in Europe and Asia Pacific and greater economies of scale.
 
Selling, general and administrative expenses for Database Marketing and Consulting for 2007 compared to 2006 were $14.3 million and $24.9 million, respectively. The decrease was primarily due to cost reductions, the lower allocation of corporate-level operating expenses and the disposition of the business in September 2007.
 
Depreciation and Amortization
 
Depreciation and amortization expense on a consolidated basis for 2007 compared to 2006 was $56.0 million and $52.0 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense in the North American BPO remained relatively consistent as a percentage of revenue with the prior year and increased in the International BPO segment due to expansion of capacity in certain offshore markets. The North American BPO included an increase in the Philippines of $4.7 million due to investment in new capacity. The International BPO included an increase for Latin America of $3.4 million due to new


40


Table of Contents

capacity. The Database Marketing and Consulting depreciation expense decreased by $3.6 million due to assets, primarily software development costs, reaching the end of their depreciable lives and the disposition of the business in September 2007.
 
Restructuring Charges, Net
 
During 2007, we recognized restructuring charges of $7.1 million related to both a reduction in force across all three segments and a $4.0 million charge for certain facility exit costs in our Database Marketing and Consulting business.
 
Impairment Losses
 
During 2007, we recognized impairment losses of $15.8 million primarily related to the following items: (i) $15.6 million related to our Database Marketing and Consulting business comprised of $13.4 million related to the impairment of the business’ goodwill in June 2007 and $2.2 million related to leasehold improvement impairments; and (ii) $0.2 million related to the reduction of the net book value of long-lived assets in the North American BPO to their estimated fair values.
 
Other Income (Expense)
 
For 2007, interest income and expense were relatively unchanged from 2006. Other, net decreased by $2.1 million in 2007, compared to 2006. Other, net in 2007 included a $7.0 million gain on the sale of our India joint venture, a $2.2 million gain from the sale of a software license to the purchaser of our Database Marketing and Consulting business, a loss on the sale of the Database Marketing and Consulting business of $6.1 million and foreign currency transaction losses of $4.1 million.
 
Income Taxes
 
The effective tax rate for 2007 was 26.0%. This compares to an effective tax rate of 23.8% in 2006. The 2007 effective tax rate is positively influenced by earnings in international jurisdictions currently under an income tax holiday and the distribution of income between the U.S. and international tax jurisdictions. The effective tax rate for 2007 is lower than expected due to the second quarter impairment and third quarter restructuring and loss on the sale of subsidiary recorded for our Database Marketing and Consulting business as discussed in Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. These charges were all recorded in the U.S. tax jurisdiction and reduced income before taxes recorded in the U.S. and thereby increased the proportion of income before taxes earned in international tax jurisdictions. Finally, we realized a $2.4 million benefit related to a permanent difference in calculating the gain from disposition of our India joint venture in the fourth quarter as discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements and a $1.4 million benefit related to certain tax planning and corporate restructuring activities and the reversal of $0.9 million in deferred tax valuation allowance recorded against tax assets in prior years. Without these items, our effective tax rate in 2007 would have been 32.2%. In 2006 the effective tax rate of 23.8% includes the benefit from the reversal of a $4.0 million deferred tax valuation allowance recorded against tax assets recorded in prior years. In addition, we recorded new deferred tax assets of $3.3 million due to a corporate restructuring. Without these items, our effective tax rate in 2006 would have been 34.3%. Our effective tax rate could be adversely affected by several factors, many of which are outside of our control. Further, income taxes are subject to changing tax laws, regulations and interpretations in multiple jurisdictions, in which we operate, as well as the requirements, pronouncements and rulings of certain tax, regulatory and accounting organizations. In future years, our effective tax rate is expected to return to approximately 30% to 33%, principally because we expect our distribution of pre-tax income between the U.S. and our international tax jurisdictions to return to more typical levels seen in recent years.
 
Liquidity and Capital Resources
 
Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash generated from operations, our cash and cash equivalents, and borrowings under our Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated September 28, 2006 (the “Credit Facility”). During the year ended December 31, 2008, we generated positive operating cash flows of $160.6 million. We believe that our cash generated from operations, existing cash and cash


41


Table of Contents

equivalents, and available credit will be sufficient to meet expected operating and capital expenditure requirements for the next 12 months.
 
We manage a centralized global treasury function in the United States with a particular focus on concentrating and safeguarding our global cash and cash equivalent reserves. While we generally prefer to hold U.S. Dollars, we maintain adequate cash in the functional currency of our foreign subsidiaries to support local operating costs. While there are no assurances, we believe our global cash is protected given our cash management practices, banking partners, and low-risk investments.
 
We primarily utilize our Credit Facility to fund working capital, stock repurchases, and other strategic and general operating purposes. In September 2008, we exercised the upsizing feature under the Credit Facility to increase our borrowing capacity by an additional $45.0 million, which increased the total commitments to $225.0 million. As of December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007, we had $80.8 million and $65.4 million in outstanding borrowings under our Credit Facility, respectively. After consideration for issued letters of credit under the Credit Facility, totaling $6.3 million, our remaining borrowing capacity was $137.9 million as of December 31, 2008.
 
We continue to closely monitor the credit crisis and evaluate how recent events are impacting the liquidity and capitalization of our investment-grade rated syndication of banks. We do not foresee an issue that would limit our access to borrowings under the Credit Facility.
 
The amount of capital required over the next 12 months will also depend on our levels of investment in infrastructure necessary to maintain, upgrade or replace existing assets. Our working capital and capital expenditure requirements could also increase materially in the event of acquisitions or joint ventures, among other factors. These factors could require that we raise additional capital through future debt or equity financing. There can be no assurance that additional financing will be available, at all, or on terms favorable to us.
 
The following discussion highlights our cash flow activities during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006.
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
We consider all liquid investments purchased within 90 days of their original maturity to be cash equivalents. Our cash and cash equivalents totaled $87.9 million and $91.2 million as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
 
We reinvest our cash flows from operating activities in our business or in the purchase of our outstanding stock. For the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, we reported net cash flows provided by operating activities of $160.6 million, $103.5 million and $99.1 million, respectively. The increase from 2007 to 2008 is primarily due to an increase in net income of $20.6 million, greater collections of accounts receivable of $50.3 million offset by decreases in impairment losses of $13.8 million. The increase from 2006 to 2007 is primarily due to increases in impairment losses of $15.2 million, an increase in prepaids of $12.7 million, offset by a decrease in collection of accounts receivable and higher revenue of $19.7 million
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
 
We reinvest cash in our business primarily to grow our client base and to expand our infrastructure. For the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, we reported net cash flows used in investing activities of $62.1 million, $49.1 million and $113.8 million, respectively. The increase from 2007 to 2008 was primarily due to the disposition of two of our entities. The decrease from 2006 to 2007 resulted from not having the DAC acquisition which was a one-time event in 2006 and from a decrease in capital expenditures.
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
 
For the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, we reported net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities of $(75.6) million, $(30.1) million and $38.4 million, respectively. The change from 2007 to 2008 is due to


42


Table of Contents

increased purchases of our outstanding stock of $42.6 million, increased net borrowings on the line of credit of $15.0 million offset by a decrease in proceeds from stock option exercises of $13.0 million. The change from 2006 to 2007 is due primarily to a decrease in net borrowings on the line of credit of $37.9 million due to higher cash balances and increased purchases of our outstanding stock of $30.4 million.
 
Free Cash Flow
 
Free cash flow (see “Presentation of Non-GAAP Measurements” for definition of free cash flow) was $98.9 million, $42.4 million and $33.1 million for the years 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. The increase from 2007 to 2008 resulted primarily from an increase in net income and positive changes in working capital. The increase from 2006 to 2007 resulted primarily from higher cash flows from operations and lower purchases of property, plant and equipment.
 
Obligations and Future Capital Requirements
 
Future maturities of our outstanding debt and contractual obligations as of December 31, 2008 are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                                         
    Less than
    1 to 3
    3 to 5
    Over 5
       
    1 Year     Years     Years     Years     Total  
 
Credit Facility (1)
  $ 2,065     $ 84,415     $     $     $ 86,480  
Capital lease obligations
    2,058       3,771       576             6,405  
Purchase obligations
    19,106       26,254       11,966             57,326  
Operating lease commitments
    30,645       50,243       28,813       21,056       130,757  
                                         
Total
  $ 53,874     $ 164,683     $ 41,355     $ 21,056     $ 280,968  
                                         
 
 
(1) Includes estimated interest payments based on the weighted average interest rate and debt outstanding as of December 31, 2008.
 
  •     Contractual obligations to be paid in a foreign currency are translated at the period end exchange rate.
 
  •     Purchase obligations primarily consist of outstanding purchase orders for goods or services not yet received, which are not recognized as liabilities in our Consolidated Balance Sheets until such goods and/or services are received.
 
  •     The contractual obligation table excludes our FIN 48 liabilities of $1.6 million because we cannot reliably estimate the timing of cash payments. See Note 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion.
 
Purchase Obligations
 
Occasionally we contract with certain of our communications clients (which currently represent approximately 17% of our annual revenue) to provide us with telecommunication services. We believe these contracts are negotiated on an arm’s-length basis and may be negotiated at different times and with different legal entities.
 
Future Capital Requirements
 
We expect total capital expenditures in 2009 to be approximately $45 – $55 million. Approximately 75% of the expected capital expenditures in 2009 are related to the opening and/or expansion of delivery centers and 25% relates to the maintenance capital required for existing assets and internal technology projects. The anticipated level of 2009 capital expenditures is primarily dependent upon new client contracts and the corresponding requirements for additional delivery center capacity as well as enhancements to our technological infrastructure.
 
We also expect to continue to incur outside legal, accounting and consulting expenses in conjunction with the shareholder class action and derivative action lawsuits filed against us and certain current directors


43


Table of Contents

and officers as a result of our review of historical equity-based accounting practices. Although we cannot predict the amount of such expenses in 2009, we incurred $14.6 million and $11.5 million of expenses in 2008 and 2007, respectively, for accounting, legal, tax, other professional services and additional compensation in connection with the Audit Committee’s review as well as restatement of our Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
We may consider restructurings, dispositions, mergers, acquisitions and other similar transactions. Such transactions could include the transfer, sale or acquisition of significant assets, businesses or interests, including joint ventures or the incurrence, assumption, or refinancing of indebtedness and could be material to the consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of our operations.
 
The launch of large client contracts may result in short-term negative working capital because of the time period between incurring the costs for training and launching the program and the beginning of the accounts receivable collection process. As a result, periodically we may generate negative cash flows from operating activities.
 
Debt Instruments and Related Covenants
 
Our Credit Facility, dated September 28, 2006, permits us to borrow up to a maximum of $225 million. The Credit Facility expires on September 27, 2011 and allows us to request a one-year extension beyond the maturity date subject to unanimous approval by the lenders. The Credit Facility is secured by the majority of our domestic accounts receivable and a pledge of 65% of the capital stock of specified material foreign subsidiaries. Our domestic subsidiaries are guarantors under the Credit Facility.
 
The Credit Facility, which includes customary financial covenants, may be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, purchases of treasury stock and acquisition financing. As of December 31, 2008, we were in compliance with all financial covenants. The Credit Facility accrues interest at a rate based on either (1) Prime Rate, defined as the higher of the lender’s prime rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, or (2) LIBOR plus an applicable credit spread, at our option. The interest rate will vary based on our leverage ratio as defined in the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2008, interest accrued at the weighted-average rate of approximately 2.3 % In addition, we pay commitment fees on the unused portion of the Credit Facility at a rate of 0.125% per annum. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we had outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility of $80.8 million and $65.4 million, respectively. Our borrowing capacity is reduced by $6.3 million as a result of the letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility. The unused commitment under the Credit Facility was $137.9 million as of December 31, 2008.
 
Client Concentration
 
Our five largest clients accounted for 39%, 40% and 42% of our annual revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. In addition, these five clients accounted for an even greater proportional share of our consolidated earnings. The profitability of services provided to these clients varies greatly based upon the specific contract terms with any particular client. In addition, clients may adjust business volumes served by us based on their business requirements. The relative contribution of any single client to consolidated earnings is not always proportional to the relative revenue contribution on a consolidated basis. We believe the risk of this concentration is mitigated, in part, by the long-term contracts we have with our largest clients. Although certain client contracts may be terminated for convenience by either party, this risk is mitigated, in part, by the service level disruptions that would arise for our clients.
 
The contracts with our five largest clients expire between 2009 and 2011. A particular client may have multiple contracts with different expiration dates. We have historically renewed most of our contracts with our largest clients. However, there is no assurance that future contracts will be renewed or, if renewed, will be on terms as favorable as the existing contracts.


44


Table of Contents

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
We discuss the potential impact of recent accounting pronouncements in Notes 1 and 11 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
 
Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our consolidated financial position, consolidated results of operations, or consolidated cash flows due to adverse changes in financial and commodity market prices and rates. Market risk also includes credit and non-performance risk by counterparties to our various financial instruments, our banking partners. We are exposed to market risk due to changes in interest rates, and foreign currency exchange rates as measured against the U.S. dollar; as well as changes in the financial stability of our various counterparty banks. These exposures are directly related to our normal operating and funding activities. As discussed below, we enter into derivative instruments to manage and reduce the impact of currency exchange rate changes, primarily between the U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar, the U.S. dollar/Philippine peso, the U.S. dollar/Mexican peso, the U.S. dollar/Argentine peso, the U.S. dollar/S. African rand, and the U.S dollar/Brazilian real. In order to mitigate against credit and non-performance risk, it is our policy to only enter into derivative contracts and other financial instruments with investment grade counterparty financial institutions and, correspondingly, our derivative valuations reflect the creditworthiness of our counterparties. As of the date of this report, we have not experienced, nor do we anticipate, any issues related to derivative counterparty defaults.
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
The interest rate on our Credit Facility is variable based upon the Prime Rate and the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) and, therefore, is affected by changes in market interest rates. As of December 31, 2008, there was an $80.8 million outstanding balance under the Credit Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 2.3%. If the Prime Rate or LIBOR increased 100 basis points, there would not be a material impact to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
Foreign Currency Risk
 
In addition to the U.S., we have operations in Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Costa Rica, England, Germany, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, the Philippines, Scotland, South Africa, and Spain. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, revenue associated with operations in non-U.S. countries represented 71%, 68%, and 64% of our consolidated revenue, respectively.
 
The expenses from these foreign operations, are denominated in local currency, thereby creating exposure to changes in exchange rates between local currencies and contractual currencies – primarily the U.S. dollar. As a result, we may experience foreign currency gains or losses, which may positively or negatively affect our results of operations attributed to these subsidiaries. The majority of this exposure is related to work performed from delivery centers located in Canada, the Philippines, Argentina, and Mexico.
 
In order to mitigate the risk of these foreign currencies from strengthening against the functional currency of the contracting subsidiary, which thereby decreases the economic benefit of performing work in these countries, we may hedge a portion, though not 100%, of the foreign currency exposure related to client programs served from these foreign countries. While our hedging strategy can protect us from adverse changes in foreign currency rates in the short – term, an overall strengthening of the foreign currencies would adversely impact margins in the segments of the contracting subsidiary over the long-term.


45


Table of Contents

The following summarizes relative (weakening) strengthening of the local currency against the U.S. Dollar during the years presented:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Canadian Dollar vs. U.S. Dollar
    (23.9 )%     15.2 %     0.1 %
Philippine Peso vs. U.S. Dollar
    (15.1 )%     15.9 %     7.5 %
Argentine Peso vs. U.S. Dollar
    (11.5 )%     (2.7 )%     (1.4 )%
Mexican Peso vs. U.S. Dollar
    (26.7 )%     (1.1 )%     (1.6 )%
S. African Rand vs. U.S. Dollar
    (36.1 )%     2.7 %     N/A  
 
Cash Flow Hedging Program
 
Our subsidiaries in Argentina, Canada, Costa Rica, the United Kingdom, Mexico, the Philippines and South Africa use the local currency as their functional currency for paying labor and other operating costs. Conversely, revenue for these foreign subsidiaries is derived principally from client contracts that are invoiced and collected in U.S. dollars and other foreign currencies. To hedge against the risk of principally a weaker U.S. dollar, we purchase forward, non-deliverable forward and/or option contracts to acquire the functional currency of the foreign subsidiary at a fixed exchange rate at specific dates in the future. We have designated and account for these derivative instruments as cash flow hedges, forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies, as defined by SFAS 133.
 
While we have implemented certain strategies to mitigate risks related to the impact of fluctuations in currency exchange rates, we cannot ensure that we will not recognize gains or losses from international transactions, as this is part of transacting business in an international environment. Not every exposure is or can be hedged and, where hedges are put in place based on expected foreign exchange exposure, they are based on forecasts for which actual results may differ from the original estimate. Failure to successfully hedge or anticipate currency risks properly could adversely affect our consolidated operating results.
 
Our cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts, except as noted.
 
                             
    Local Currency
    U.S. Dollar
    % Maturing in
    Contracts Maturing
2008
  Notional Amount     Amount     2009     Through
 
Canadian Dollar
    88,300     $ 77,865       54.1 %   December 2011
Canadian Dollar Call Options
    44,400       39,305       54.1 %   December 2010
Philippine Peso
    6,656,909       150,418 (1)     75.6 %   February 2011
Argentine Peso
    102,072       29,054 (2)     91.2 %   May 2010
Mexican Peso
    856,500       70,530       68.0 %   September 2011
S. African Rand
    92,000       8,399       81.5 %   February 2010
British Pound Sterling
    1,725       2,537 (3)     44.3 %   March 2011
                             
            $ 378,108              
                             
 
                 
    Local Currency
    U.S. Dollar
 
2007
  Notional Amount     Amount  
 
Canadian Dollar
    54,000     $ 49,679  
Canadian Dollar Call Options
    82,800       73,344  
Philippine Peso
    7,600,000       166,457  
Argentine Peso
    126,674       37,842  
Mexican Peso
    464,500       40,846  
                 
            $ 368,168  
                 


46


Table of Contents

 
(1) Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for British pound sterling and New Zealand dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
(2) Includes contracts to purchase Argentine pesos in exchange for Euros, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
(3) Includes contracts to purchase British pound sterling in exchange for Euros, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
The fair value of our cash flow hedges at December 31, 2008 is (assets/(liabilities)):
 
                 
    December 31,
    Maturing in
 
    2008     2009  
 
Canadian Dollar
  $ (3,059 )   $ (2,837 )
Philippine Peso
    (13,301 )     (11,639 )
Argentine Peso
    (5,710 )     (4,953 )
Mexican Peso
    (11,370 )     (9,862 )
S. African Rand
    809       683  
British Pound Sterling
    (458 )     (222 )
                 
    $ (33,089 )   $ (28,830 )
                 
 
The portfolio is valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and spot foreign exchange rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk. The year over year change in fair value largely reflects the recent global economic conditions which resulted in high foreign exchange volatility and an overall strengthening in the U.S. dollar.
 
We recorded net gains of $4.9 million, $13.6 million, and $6.3 million for settled cash flow hedge contracts and the related premiums for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These gains are reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). If the exchange rates between our various currency pairs were to increase or decrease by 10% from current period-end levels, we would incur a material gain or loss on the contracts. However, any gain or loss would be mitigated by corresponding gains or losses in our underlying exposures.
 
Other than the transactions hedged as discussed above and in Note 10 to the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements, the majority of the transactions of our U.S. and foreign operations are denominated in the respective local currency while some transactions are denominated in other currencies. Approximately 30% of revenue is derived from contracts denominated in other currencies, thus our results from operations and revenue could be adversely affected if the U.S. dollar strengthens significantly against foreign currencies. We do not currently engage in hedging activities related to these types of foreign currency risks because we believe them to be insignificant as we endeavor to settle these accounts on a timely basis.
 
Fair Value of Debt and Equity Securities
 
We did not have any investments in debt or equity securities as of December 31, 2008 or 2007.
 
ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
 
The financial statements required by this item are located beginning on page F-1 of this report and incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
 
Not applicable.


47


Table of Contents

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
 
This Form 10-K includes the certifications of our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”). See Exhibits 31.1 and 31.2. This Item 9A includes information concerning the controls and control evaluations referred to in those certifications.
 
Background
 
As previously disclosed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007 management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2007 because of certain deficiencies that constituted material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, including weaknesses involving: (i) insufficient complement of personnel with appropriate accounting knowledge and training; (ii) equity-based compensation accounting; and (iii) lease accounting. Those weaknesses resulted in the restatement of our previously issued annual and interim financial statements from 1996 through the second quarter of 2007. Restated financial information is presented in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2007, which also contains a discussion of the investigation, the accounting errors and irregularities identified, and the adjustments made as a result of the restatement.
 
As noted below, management believes the material weaknesses have been corrected and remediated as of December 31, 2008. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected in a timely basis.
 
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
 
Our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) are designed to have reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Interim Chief Financial Officer (“Interim CFO”), to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.
 
In connection with the preparation of this Form 10-K, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and Interim CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures. As a result of that evaluation, the CEO and Interim CFO have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2008.
 
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
Management, under the supervision of our CEO and Interim CFO, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d(f) under the Exchange Act) is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures which (a) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of assets, (b) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, (c) provide reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with appropriate authorization of management and the Board of Directors, and (d) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
In connection with the preparation of this Form 10-K, our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our CEO and Interim CFO, conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal


48


Table of Contents

control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 based on the framework established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). As a result of that evaluation, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2008. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 has also been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included in “Part II – Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
 
Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
 
As described below, there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. During 2008, management was actively engaged in the implementation of remediation efforts to address the material weaknesses that were identified as of December 31, 2007. Those remediation efforts were designed both to address the identified material weaknesses and to enhance our overall financial control environment. The plan to remediate those material weaknesses was described in detail in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for 2007 and our efforts to implement that plan are summarized below:
 
  •     Attained a sufficient complement of personnel with an appropriate level of accounting knowledge, experience and training in the application of U.S. GAAP, thereby enhancing the effectiveness over the preparation and review of account reconciliations and analysis over the completeness and accuracy of account balances. This was achieved by executing the following activities:
 
  -     In March 2008, we hired a Vice President and Assistant General Counsel with experience at major law firms, a public company, the SEC and a public accounting firm, who will provide advice with regard to the disclosures in our periodic reports and our equity-based compensation practices;
 
  -     In May 2008, we hired a Vice President and Controller who is a licensed CPA with extensive experience in public accounting and public company accounting operations;
 
  -     In July 2008, we hired an Accounting Manager over equity-based compensation and lease accounting;
 
  -     In August 2008, we hired an Assistant Controller who is responsible for the general ledger operations and monthly/quarterly closing processes;
 
  -     In the second half of 2008, we hired additional accounting personnel at various levels within the accounting organization with sufficient knowledge and technical expertise in the application of U.S. GAAP;
 
  -     In Q4 2008, we instituted a CPA reimbursement program to promote and support CPA certification;
 
  -     In Q3 2008, we improved the effectiveness over the preparation and review of account reconciliations;
 
  -     In Q3 2008, we realigned the Accounting Organization based on the skill sets of the individuals and functional areas within the organization; and
 
  -     Throughout 2008, we provided specific training over equity and lease accounting and will continue to provide training designed to ensure that we have sufficient personnel with knowledge, experience, and training in the application of U.S. GAAP.
 
  •     We have enhanced our processes, procedures and controls in our equity-based compensation practices which have remediated our past deficiencies in our historical equity-based


49


Table of Contents

  compensation practices. We have implemented the following actions which became completely effective as of the fourth quarter:
 
  -     The Compensation Committee makes annual equity awards to named recipients at a set time each year;
 
  -     The Compensation Committee makes all periodic equity awards, including new hire, promotion and special circumstance grants, at pre-scheduled monthly meetings;
 
  -     A senior member of the Human Capital Department, supported by designated members of the Legal, Tax and Accounting Departments, is responsible for ensuring that the accounting treatment, recipient notification requirements, and required disclosures have been determined for each equity award before the award is authorized by the Compensation Committee;
 
  -     In advance of each meeting, the Compensation Committee is provided with information on the accounting treatment and any non-standard terms of each proposed equity award;
 
  -     Other than as approved under new grant procedures, changes to grants after their approval date are prohibited, other than to withdraw a grant to an individual in its entirety because of a change in circumstances between approval and issuance of the grant (or to correct clear clerical errors);
 
  -     In July 2008, we hired an Accounting Manager to oversee equity-based compensation with specific experience in equity-based compensation accounting;
 
  -     In December 2008, the Board of Directors approved the Company’s proposed policy regarding equity award procedures;
 
  -     In the second half of 2008, we provided training for pertinent personnel in the terms of our equity compensation plans and improved policies and procedures;
 
  -     In Q4 2008, internal audit performed expanded audit procedures over the Company’s grant approval and documentation process; and
 
  -     Currently in the process of implementing a software system that tracks all equity-based awards and automates the equity-based compensation calculations. Implementation is expected to be completed in 2009.
 
  •     We remediated the lease accounting control deficiency by redesigning our accounting and control processes over the complete and accurate recording of our real estate lease transactions. Specifically:
 
  -     We instituted additional levels of managerial review over all lease agreements and the associated accounting;
 
  -     We established processes to evaluate all new or modified leases, including the preparation of a summary of key terms for each lease in order to ensure complete and accurate recording of real estate lease arrangements in accordance with U.S. GAAP; and
 
  -     We hired an Accounting Manager over leases with specific experience in lease accounting.
 
During the fourth quarter of 2008, remediation was fully implemented and operationalized. Our remediation activities during that period included continued focus on all remediation efforts and further testing to ensure the effectiveness of new and existing controls and procedures.
 
Our efforts to remediate the identified material weaknesses and to enhance our overall control environment have been regularly reviewed with, and monitored by, our Audit Committee.
 
We believe the remediation measures described above have been successful in correcting and remediating the material weaknesses previously identified and have further strengthened and


50


Table of Contents

enhanced our internal control over financial reporting. Management will continue to improve, strengthen, and enhance our internal control processes and will continue to diligently and vigorously review our financial reporting controls and procedures. Our goal is to reduce the need for manual processes, subjective assumptions, and management discretion; reduce the opportunity for errors and omissions; and decrease our reliance on manual controls to detect and correct accounting and financial reporting inaccuracies.
 
Inherent Limitations of Internal Controls
 
Our system of controls is designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance regarding the reliability and integrity of accounting and financial reporting. Management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system will be met. These inherent limitations include the following:
 
  •     Judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and control and process breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes;
 
  •     Controls can be circumvented by individuals, acting alone or in collusion with each other, or by management override;
 
  •     The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions;
 
  •     Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with associated policies or procedures; and
 
  •     The design of a control system must reflect the fact that resources are constrained, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs.
 
Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected.
 
ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION
 
None.
 
PART III
 
ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
 
The information in our 2009 Definitive Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A (the “2009 Proxy Statement”) set forth under the captions “Information Regarding Executive Officers,” “Election of Directors” and “Code of Conduct and Committee Charters” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
The information in our 2009 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
 
The information in our 2009 Proxy Statement set forth under the captions “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” is incorporated herein by reference.


51


Table of Contents

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS,
AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
 
The information in our 2009 Proxy Statement set forth under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANTS FEES AND SERVICES
 
The information in our 2009 Proxy Statement set forth under the caption “Fees Paid to Accountants” is incorporated herein by reference.
 
PART IV
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
(a) The following documents are filed as part of this report:
         
         
  1 .   Consolidated Financial Statements.
         
        The Index to Consolidated Financial Statements is set forth on page F-1 of this report.
         
  2 .   Financial Statement Schedules.
         
        All schedules for TeleTech have been omitted since the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the information is included in the respective Consolidated Financial Statements or notes thereto.
         
  3     Exhibits.
 
EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  3 .01   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)
  3 .02   Amended and Restated Bylaws of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 29, 2008)
  10 .01   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)**
  10 .02   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-69668) filed on September 19, 2001)**
  10 .03   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)**
  10 .04   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-96617) filed on July 17, 2002)**
  10 .05*   Amendment to 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan dated February 11, 2009
  10 .06   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (effective in 2007 and 2008) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)**
  10 .07*   Amendment to Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (effective December 2008)
  10 .08*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (effective in 2009) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2009)**
  10 .09   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (below Vice President) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)**


52


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  10 .10   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Vice President and above) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)**
  10 .11   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Director) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)**
  10 .12   Employment Agreement between James E. Barlett and TeleTech dated October 15, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .13*   Amendment to Employment Agreement between James E. Barlett and TeleTech dated December 31, 2008
  10 .14   Stock Option Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James E. Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .15*   Amendment dated September 17, 2008 to Stock Option Agreement between James E. Barlett and TeleTech
  10 .16   Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech dated October 15, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .17*   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech dated December 31, 2008
  10 .18   Stock Option Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech dated October 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .19*   Amendment dated September 17, 2008 to Stock Option Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech
  10 .20   Employment Agreement dated April 6, 2004 between Gregory G. Hopkins and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the for the quarter ended September 30, 2008)**
  10 .21*   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Gregory G. Hopkins and TeleTech dated December 16, 2008
  10 .22   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, The Lenders named herein, as lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of September 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 7, 2007)
  10 .23   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of October 24, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 7, 2007)
  10 .24   Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of November 15, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2007)
  10 .25   Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of March 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 27, 2008)
  10 .26   Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of June 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2008)

53


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  10 .27   Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of September 4, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 8, 2008)
  21 .01*   List of subsidiaries
  23 .01*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23 .02*   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  31 .01*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TeleTech
  31 .02*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TeleTech
  32 .01*   Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
 
 
Filed herewith.
 
** Identifies exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

54


Table of Contents

 
SIGNATURES
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned; thereunto duly authorized on February 23 , 2009.
 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
 
  By: 
/s/   Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chief Executive Officer
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 23, 2009, by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated:
 
         
Signature
 
Title
 
/s/   Kenneth D. Tuchman

Kenneth D. Tuchman
  PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board
     
/s/   John R. Troka, Jr.

John R. Troka, Jr.
  PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL AND ACCOUNTING OFFICER Senior Vice President Finance – Global Operations and Interim Chief Financial Officer
     
/s/   James E. Barlett

James E. Barlett
  DIRECTOR
     
/s/   William A. Linnenbringer

William A. Linnenbringer
  DIRECTOR
     
/s/   Ruth C. Lipper

Ruth C. Lipper
  DIRECTOR
     
/s/   Shrikant Mehta

Shrikant Mehta
  DIRECTOR
     
/s/   Robert M. Tarola

Robert M. Tarola
  DIRECTOR
     
/s/   Shirley Young

Shirley Young
  DIRECTOR


55


 

 
INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
 
         
    Page No.
 
    F-2  
       
    F-3  
       
    F-4  
       
    F-5  
       
    F-6  
       
    F-7  
       
    F-8  


F-1


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
 
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), of stockholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2008 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
 
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
 
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
 
Denver, CO
February 23, 2009


F-2


Table of Contents

 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2006. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
 
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated results of operations and cash flows of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2006, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/  
ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Denver, Colorado
February 7, 2007,
except for the impact of the restatement
of the consolidated statements of
operations and comprehensive income,
stockholders’ equity and cash flows
referred to above, due to (i)
equity-based compensation adjustments,
(ii) lease accounting adjustments, (iii)
other accounting and income tax
adjustments, and (iv) tax effects
relating to items (i) through (iii)
above, as to which the date is
July 16, 2008


F-3


Table of Contents

TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Amounts in thousands except share amounts)
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
ASSETS
               
Current assets
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 87,942     $ 91,239  
Accounts receivable, net
    236,997       270,988  
Prepaids and other current assets
    31,279       62,344  
Deferred tax assets, net
    30,328       8,386  
Income taxes receivable
    18,342       26,868  
                 
Total current assets
    404,888       459,825  
Long-term assets
               
Property, plant and equipment, net
    157,747       174,809  
Goodwill
    44,150       45,154  
Contract acquisition costs, net
    7,591       6,984  
Deferred tax assets, net
    31,504       39,764  
Other long-term assets
    23,062       33,759  
                 
Total long-term assets
    264,054       300,470  
                 
Total assets
  $ 668,942     $ 760,295  
                 
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Current liabilities
               
Accounts payable
  $ 26,214     $ 38,761  
Accrued employee compensation and benefits
    71,919       87,480  
Other accrued expenses
    18,887       28,872  
Income taxes payable
    19,168       18,552  
Deferred tax liabilities, net
          88  
Deferred revenue
    12,867       13,057  
Other current liabilities
    31,044        
                 
Total current liabilities
    180,099       186,810  
Long-term liabilities
               
Line of credit
    80,800       65,400  
Grant advances
    1,824       6,741  
Negative investment in deconsolidated subsidiary
    4,865        
Deferred tax liabilities, net
          57  
Other long-term liabilities
    40,460       46,531  
                 
Total long-term liabilities
    127,949       118,729  
                 
Total liabilities
    308,048       305,539  
                 
Minority interest
    5,011       3,555  
                 
Commitments and contingencies (Note 15)
               
                 
Stockholders’ equity
               
Preferred stock; $0.01 par; 10,000,000 shares authorized; zero shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007
           
Common stock; $.01 par value; 150,000,000 shares authorized; 63,816,379 and 69,827,671 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    638       698  
Additional paid-in capital
    341,887       334,593  
Treasury stock at cost: 18,238,066 and 12,077,609 shares, respectively
    (228,596 )     (143,205 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (33,020 )     57,888  
Retained earnings
    274,974       201,227  
                 
Total stockholders’ equity
    355,883       451,201  
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 668,942     $ 760,295  
                 
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-4


Table of Contents

TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(Amounts in thousands except per share amounts)
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Revenue
  $ 1,400,147     $ 1,369,632     $ 1,210,753  
                         
Operating expenses
                       
Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization presented separately below)
    1,024,451       1,001,459       882,809  
Selling, general and administrative
    199,495       207,528       199,995  
Depreciation and amortization
    59,166       55,953       51,989  
Restructuring charges, net
    6,059       7,115       1,630  
Impairment losses
    2,018       15,789       565  
                         
Total operating expenses
    1,291,189       1,287,844       1,136,988  
                         
Income from operations
    108,958       81,788       73,765  
                         
Other income (expense)
                       
Interest income
    4,816       2,364       2,209  
Interest expense
    (6,738 )     (6,645 )     (6,560 )
Other, net
    (2,432 )     (2,156 )     (91 )
                         
Total other expense
    (4,354 )     (6,437 )     (4,442 )
                         
Income before income taxes and minority interest
    104,604       75,351       69,323  
                         
Provision for income taxes
    (27,269 )     (19,562 )     (16,474 )
                         
                         
Income before minority interest
    77,335       55,789       52,849  
                         
Minority interest
    (3,588 )     (2,686 )     (1,868 )
                         
                         
Net income
  $ 73,747     $ 53,103     $ 50,981  
                         
                         
Other comprehensive income (loss)
                       
Foreign currency translation adjustments
    (48,412 )     25,887       9,068  
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
    (42,596 )     21,593       (4,925 )
Other
    100       (117 )     (71 )
                         
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
    (90,908 )     47,363       4,072  
                         
                         
Comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (17,161 )   $ 100,466     $ 55,053  
                         
                         
Weighted average shares outstanding
                       
Basic
    68,208       70,228       69,184  
Diluted
    69,578       72,638       69,869  
                         
Net income per share
                       
Basic
  $ 1.08     $ 0.76     $ 0.74  
Diluted
  $ 1.06     $ 0.73     $ 0.73  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-5


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
(Amounts in thousands except share amounts)
 
                                                                         
                                        Accumulated
             
                                  Additional
    Other
          Total
 
    Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Treasury
    Paid-in
    Comprehensive
    Retained
    Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Stock     Capital     Income (Loss)     Earnings     Equity  
       
 
Balance as of December 31, 2005
        $       69,162     $ 692     $ (79,637 )   $ 269,175     $ 6,453     $ 98,380     $ 295,063  
Net income
                                                50,981       50,981  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                          9,068             9,068  
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
                                          (4,925 )           (4,925 )
Exercise of stock options
                2,231       22               19,412                   19,434  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                                    2,255                   2,255  
Equity-based compensation expense
                                    7,485                   7,485  
Purchases of common stock
                (1,290 )     (13 )     (16,563 )                         (16,576 )
Other
                                          (71 )           (71 )
     
     
Balance as of December 31, 2006
                70,103       701       (96,200 )     298,327       10,525       149,361       362,714  
Net income
                                                53,103       53,103  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                          25,887             25,887  
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
                                          21,593             21,593  
Cumulative effect of adoption of FIN 48
                                                (1,237 )     (1,237 )
Exercise of stock options
                1,311       13               15,936                   15,949  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                                    6,969                   6,969  
Equity-based compensation expense
                                    13,361                   13,361  
Purchases of common stock
                (1,586 )     (16 )     (47,005 )                         (47,021 )
Other
                                          (117 )           (117 )
     
     
Balance as of December 31, 2007
                69,828       698       (143,205 )     334,593       57,888       201,227       451,201  
Net income
                                                73,747       73,747  
Foreign currency translation adjustments
                                          (48,412 )           (48,412 )
Derivatives valuation, net of tax
                                          (42,596 )           (42,596 )
Vesting of restricted stock units
                148       2             (1,059 )                 (1,057 )
Exercise of stock options
                334       3       4,124       (1,194 )                 2,933  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
                                  (1,176 )                 (1,176 )
Equity-based compensation expense
                                    10,312                   10,312  
Modifications to equity-based awards
                                  411                   411  
Purchases of common stock
                (6,494 )     (65 )     (89,515 )                       (89,580 )
Other
                                        100             100  
     
     
Balance as of December 31, 2008
        $       63,816     $ 638     $ (228,596 )   $ 341,887     $ (33,020 )   $ 274,974     $ 355,883  
     
     
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


F-6


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Amounts in thousands)
 
                         
    December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Cash flows from operating activities
                       
Net income
  $ 73,747     $ 53,103     $ 50,981  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    59,166       55,953       51,989  
Amortization of contract acquisition costs
    2,384       2,544       3,392  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    1,990       576       2,723  
Loss on embedded derivatives
    1,942              
(Gain) loss on disposal of assets
    (305 )     (428 )     232  
Impairment losses
    2,018       15,789       565  
Deferred income taxes
    752       (1,079 )     (9,367 )
Minority interest
    3,588       2,686       1,868  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    (1,485 )            
Equity-based compensation expense
    10,312       13,361       7,485  
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                   
Accounts receivable
    17,668       (32,588 )     (12,934 )
Prepaids and other assets
    8,658       (1,834 )     (14,751 )
Accounts payable and other accrued expenses
    (14,259 )     (5,135 )     12,130  
Deferred revenue and other liabilities
    (5,610 )     566       4,761  
                         
Net cash provided by operating activities
    160,566       103,514       99,074  
Cash flows from investing activities
                       
Proceeds from disposition of assets
          11,968       (45,802 )
Proceeds from grant for property, plant and equipment
    4,276              
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
    (65,988 )     (61,083 )     (66,016 )
Purchases of intangible assets
                (1,510 )
Purchases of foreign currency option contracts
    (416 )           (486 )
                         
Net cash used in investing activities
    (62,128 )     (49,115 )     (113,814 )
Cash flows from financing activities
                       
Proceeds from line of credit
    1,147,730       657,700       468,400  
Payments on line of credit
    (1,132,330 )     (657,300 )     (430,100 )
Payments on long-term debt and capital lease obligations
    (1,359 )     (1,301 )     (1,511 )
Payments of debt issuance costs
    (1,109 )     (18 )     (923 )
Payments to minority shareholder
    (2,148 )     (5,076 )     (2,594 )
Proceeds from exercise of stock options
    2,933       15,949       19,434  
Excess tax benefit from exercise of stock options
    309       6,969       2,255  
Purchases of treasury stock
    (89,580 )     (47,021 )     (16,576 )
                         
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (75,554 )     (30,098 )     38,385  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (26,181 )     8,586       2,393  
                         
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (3,297 )     32,887       26,038  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    91,239       58,352       32,314  
                         
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 87,942     $ 91,239     $ 58,352  
                         
Supplemental disclosures
                       
Cash paid for interest
  $ 4,098     $ 5,696     $ 4,798  
                         
Cash paid for income taxes
  $ 21,196     $ 19,658     $ 8,746  
                         
Noncash investing and financing activities
                       
Acquisition of equipment through capital leases
  $     $ 2,030     $ 479  
                         
Landlord incentives credited to deferred rent
  $     $ 1,978     $ 487  
                         
Recognition of asset retirement obligations
  $     $ 180     $ 486  
                         
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements


F-7


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(1)   OVERVIEW AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
Overview
 
TeleTech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“TeleTech” or the “Company”) serve their clients through the primary businesses of Business Process Outsourcing (“BPO”), which provides outsourced business process, customer management and marketing services for a variety of industries via operations in the U.S., Argentina, Australia, Brazil, Canada, China, Costa Rica, England, Germany, Malaysia, Mexico, New Zealand, Northern Ireland, the Philippines, Scotland, South Africa and Spain.
 
Basis of Presentation
 
The Consolidated Financial Statements are comprised of the accounts of TeleTech, its wholly owned subsidiaries, its 55% equity owned subsidiary in Percepta, LLC and 60% equity owned TeleTech Services (India) Limited. As discussed in Note 2, in December 2007, the Company completed the sale of its 60% equity interest in its Indian joint venture, which provided BPO solutions primarily for in-country clients. On December 22, 2008, as discussed in Note 3, Newgen Results Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, filed a voluntary petition for liquidation under Chapter 7 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. Under Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , a consolidation of a majority-owned subsidiary is precluded where control does not rest with the majority owners. Accordingly, the Company deconsolidated Newgen Results Corporation as of December 22, 2008. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
Use of Estimates
 
The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions in determining the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The Company’s use of accounting estimates is primarily in the areas of (i) forecasting future taxable income for determining whether deferred tax valuation allowances are necessary; (ii) providing for self-insurance reserves, litigation reserves and restructuring reserves; (iii) estimating future estimated cash flows for evaluating the carrying value of long-lived assets including goodwill; and (iv) assessing recoverability of accounts receivable and providing for allowance for doubtful accounts. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
 
Concentration of Credit Risk
 
The Company is exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable and derivative instruments. Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial. The Company regularly monitors its credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss. The Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide services and on an on-going basis as part of the processes for revenue recognition and accounts receivable. The Company does not believe it is exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in its derivative hedging activities, as the counter parties are established, well-capitalized financial institutions.
 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
 
Fair values of cash equivalents and current accounts receivable and payable approximate the carrying amounts because of their short-term nature. Long-term debt carried on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 has a carrying value that approximates its estimated fair value due to the revolving nature of the debt and varying interest rates.


F-8


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
The Company considers all cash and highly liquid short-term investments with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. The Company manages a concentrating global treasury function in the United States with a particular focus on centralizing and safeguarding its global cash and cash equivalent reserves. While the Company generally prefers to hold U.S. Dollars, it maintains adequate cash in the functional currency of its foreign subsidiaries to support local operating costs. While there are no assurances, the Company believes its global cash is protected given cash management practices, banking partners, and low-risk investments.
 
Accounts Receivable
 
An allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on the aging of the Company’s accounts receivable, historical experience, client financial condition, and management judgment. The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance when the Company determines a balance is uncollectible.
 
Derivatives
 
The Company accounts for financial derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133 Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended (“SFAS 133”). The Company enters into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce its exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies. Upon proper qualification, these contracts are accounted for as cash flow hedges, as defined by SFAS 133. The Company also entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge its net investment in a foreign operation. The Company formally documents at the inception of the hedge all relationships between hedging instruments and hedge items as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedging activities.
 
All derivative financial instruments are reported in Other assets and Other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value. Changes in fair value of derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), a component of Stockholders’ Equity, to the extent they are deemed effective. Ineffectiveness is measured based on the change in fair value of the forward contracts and the fair value of the hypothetical derivatives with terms that match the critical terms of the risk being hedged. Based on the criteria established by SFAS 133, all of the Company’s cash flow hedge contracts are deemed to be highly effective. Changes in fair value of the Company’s net investment hedge is recorded in cumulative translation adjustment in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets offsetting the change in cumulative translation adjustment attributable to the hedged portion of the Company’s net investment in the foreign operation. Any realized gains or losses resulting from the cash flow hedges are recognized together with the hedged transaction within Revenue. Gains and losses from the settlements of the Company’s net investment hedges remain in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) until partial or complete liquidation of the applicable net investment.
 
In addition to hedging activities, the Company has embedded derivatives in certain foreign lease contracts. The Company bifurcates the embedded derivative feature from the host contract in accordance with SFAS 133, with any changes in fair value of the embedded derivatives recognized in Cost of Services.
 
The Company also enters into fair value derivative contracts that hedge against translation gains and losses. Changes in the fair value of derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges affect the carrying value of the asset or liability hedged, with changes in both the derivative instrument and the hedged asset or liability being recognized in earnings.


F-9


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Property, Plant and Equipment
 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are expensed as incurred.
 
Depreciation and amortization are computed on the straight-line method based on the following estimated useful lives:
 
     
Building
  25 years
Computer equipment and software
  3 to 5 years
Telephone equipment
  4 to 7 years
Furniture and fixtures
  5 to 7 years
Leasehold improvements
  Lesser of economic useful life or original lease term
Other
  3 to 7 years
 
The Company depreciates leasehold improvements over the shorter of the expected useful life or the initial term of the lease.
 
The Company evaluates the carrying value of property, plant and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144 Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS 144”). An asset is considered to be impaired when the anticipated undiscounted future cash flows of an asset group are estimated to be less than its carrying value. The amount of impairment recognized is the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. Fair value estimates are based on assumptions concerning the amount and timing of estimated future cash flows.
 
Software Development Costs
 
The Company capitalizes certain costs incurred to internally develop software in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 98-1 Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use.
 
Goodwill
 
The Company assesses realizability of goodwill annually in the fourth quarter, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate it may be impaired. Impairment, if any, is measured based on the estimated fair value of the reporting unit. The Company determines fair value based on discounted estimated future probability-weighted cash flows. Impairment occurs when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its estimated fair value.
 
Contract Acquisition Costs
 
Amounts paid to or on behalf of clients to obtain long-term contracts are capitalized and amortized in proportion to the initial expected future revenue from the contract, which in most cases results in straight-line amortization over the life of the contract. These costs are recorded as a reduction to Revenue in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 01-09 Accounting for Consideration Given by a Vendor to a Customer or Reseller of the Vendor’s Products (“EITF 01-09”). The Company evaluates the recoverability of these costs based on the individual underlying client contracts’ estimated future cash flows.


F-10


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Other Intangible Assets
 
The Company accounts for other intangible assets, which include trademarks, customer relationships and non-compete agreements in accordance with SFAS 142 Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). Definite life intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the length of the contract or benefit period, which generally ranges from two to 10 years. The Company periodically evaluates recoverability of intangible assets and takes into account events or circumstances that indicate a potential impairment exists or that warrant revised estimates of useful lives.
 
Self Insurance Liabilities
 
The Company self-insures for certain levels of workers’ compensation, employee health insurance and general liability insurance. The Company records estimated liabilities for these insurance lines based upon analyses of historical claims experience. The most significant assumption the Company makes in estimating these liabilities is that future claims experience will emerge in a similar pattern with historical claims experience. The liabilities related to workers’ compensation and employee health insurance are included in Accrued Employee Compensation and Benefits in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The liability for other general liability insurance is included in Other Accrued Expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Restructuring Liabilities
 
SFAS No. 146 Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities (“SFAS 146”) specifies that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, instead of upon commitment to a plan. In some cases, management has chosen to close under-performing delivery centers and implement reductions in force to enhance future profitability.
 
A significant assumption used in determining the amount of estimated liability for closing delivery centers is the future lease payments on vacant centers, which the Company determines based on its ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords and/or to sublease the facility. If the Company’s actual results differ from these estimates, additional gains or losses would be recorded in its Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The accrual for Restructuring Liabilities is included in Other Accrued Expenses in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Grant Advances
 
The Company receives grants from various government levels as an incentive to locate delivery centers in their jurisdictions. The Company’s policy is to account for grant monies received in advance as a liability and recognize to income as either a reduction to Cost of Services or Depreciation Expense over the term of the grant, when it is reasonably assured that the conditions of the grant have been or will be met.
 
Income Taxes
 
The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”), which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future income tax consequences of transactions that have been included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Gross deferred tax assets may then be reduced by a valuation allowance for amounts that do not satisfy the realization criteria of SFAS 109.


F-11


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The Financial Accounting Standards Board recently issued Interpretation No. 48 Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”), an interpretation of SFAS 109. FIN 48 was effective for the Company’s 2007 year. FIN 48 contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS 109. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit. The second step is to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. The Company evaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on the consideration of several factors including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in applicable tax law, and settlement of issues under audit. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions Provision for Income Taxes in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
 
The Company provides for U.S. income tax expense on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries unless the subsidiaries’ earnings are considered permanently reinvested outside the U.S.
 
Stock Option Accounting
 
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004)  Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”), applying the modified prospective method. SFAS 123(R) requires all equity-based payments to employees to be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) at the fair value of the award on the grant date. Under the modified prospective method, the Company is required to record equity-based compensation expense for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards outstanding as of the date of adoption. The fair values of all stock options granted by the Company are determined using the Black-Scholes-Merton model (“B-S-M Model”). The Company has elected to adopt FSP No. FAS 123(R)-3 Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based Payment Awards, to calculate the Company’s pool of windfall tax benefits.
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
The assets and liabilities of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, are translated at the exchange rates in effect on the last day of the period and income and expenses are translated using the monthly average exchange rates in effect for the period in which the items occur. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) within equity. Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in Other, net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
 
Revenue Recognition
 
For each client arrangement, the Company determines whether evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery of service has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection is reasonably assured. If all criteria are met, the Company recognizes revenue at the time services are performed. The Company’s BPO business recognizes revenue as follows:
 
Production Rate  – Revenue is recognized based on the billable time or number of transactions of each associate, as defined in the client contract. The rate per billable time or number of transactions is based on a pre-determined contractual rate. This contractual rate can fluctuate based on the Company’s performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality, performance and volume.


F-12


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Performance - based  – Under performance-based arrangements, the Company is paid by its clients based on the achievement of certain levels of sales or other client-determined criteria specified in the client contract. The Company recognizes performance-based revenue by measuring its actual results against the performance criteria specified in the contracts. Amounts collected from clients prior to the performance of services are recorded as deferred revenue, which is recorded in Other short-term liabilities or Other long-term liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Hybrid  – Hybrid models include production rate and performance-based elements. For these types of arrangements, the Company allocates revenue to the elements based on the relative fair value of each element. Revenue for each element is recognized based on the methods described above.
 
Certain client programs provide for adjustments to monthly billings based upon whether the Company meets or exceeds certain performance criteria as set forth in the contract. Increases or decreases to monthly billings arising from such contract terms are reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss), as earned or incurred.
 
Training Revenue and Costs
 
The Company follows EITF No. 00-21 Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF 00-21”), which provides guidance on how to account for multiple element contracts. The Company has determined that EITF 00-21 requires the deferral of revenue for the initial training that occurs upon commencement of a new client contract if that training is billed separately to a client. Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are also deferred. In these circumstances, both the training revenue and costs are amortized straight-line over the life of the client contract as a component of Revenue and Cost of Services, respectively. In situations where these initial training costs are not billed separately, but rather included in the hourly service rates paid by the client over the life of the contract, no deferral is necessary as the revenue is being recognized over the life of the contract and the associated training costs are expensed as incurred.
 
Deferred Revenue
 
The Company records amounts billed and received, but not earned, as deferred revenue. These amounts are recorded as a component of Other Short-term Liabilities or Other Long-term Liabilities based on the period over which the Company expects to render services in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
Rent Expense
 
The Company has negotiated certain rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations in the base price of rent payments over the initial term of its operating leases. The initial term includes the “build-out” period of leases, where no rent payments are typically due under the terms of the lease. The Company recognizes rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis to rent expense over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are recorded as an increase to deferred rent liabilities and amortized on a straight line basis to rent expense over the initial lease term.
 
Asset Retirement Obligations
 
SFAS No. 143 Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations (“SFAS 143”) applies to legal obligations associated with the retirement of long-lived assets resulting from the acquisition, construction, development and/or normal use of the underlying assets.


F-13


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The Company records all asset retirement obligations, which primarily relate to “make-good” clauses in operating leases for its delivery centers, at estimated fair value. The associated asset retirement obligations are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the underlying asset and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the asset. The liability, reported within Other Long-Term Liabilities, is accreted through charges to operating expenses. If the asset retirement obligation is settled for at other than the carrying amount of the liability, the Company recognizes a gain or loss on settlement.
 
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements
 
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”) which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measurement and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. Where applicable, SFAS 157 simplifies and codifies related guidance within generally accepted accounting principles. Except for non-financial assets and liabilities recognized on a non-recurring basis, the Company adopted SFAS 157 in the first quarter of 2008. As permitted by FASB Staff Position, FSP FAS 157-2, the Company will adopt SFAS 157 for non-financial assets and liabilities recognized on a non-recurring basis as of January 1, 2009. Adoption of SFAS 157 in the first quarter of 2008 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows. The Company is still evaluating the impact, if any, that adoption of SFAS 157 will have in the first quarter of 2009 for the remaining assets and liabilities included on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities – including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value that are not currently required to be measured at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses related to these financial instruments reported in earnings at each subsequent reporting date. The decision about whether to elect the fair value option is generally: (i) applied instrument by instrument; (ii) irrevocable (unless a new election date occurs, as discussed in SFAS 157); and (iii) applied only to an entire instrument and not to only specified risks, specific cash flows, or portions of that instrument. Under SFAS 159, financial instruments, for which the fair value option is elected, must be valued in accordance with SFAS 157 (as above) and must be marked to market each period through the income statement. Upon adoption on January 1, 2008, the Company has not elected to change its accounting for any of its financial instruments as permitted by SFAS 159. Therefore, the adoption of SFAS 159 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised), Business Combinations – a replacement of FASB Statement No. 141 (“SFAS 141(R)”), which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The statement also provides guidance for recognizing and measuring the goodwill acquired in the business combination and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. This statement will be effective for the Company beginning in 2009. The Company does not expect that this pronouncement will have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
 
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Non-controlling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements – an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). This statement establishes accounting and reporting standards for the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. SFAS 160 requires non-controlling interests in subsidiaries initially to be measured at fair value and classified as a separate component of equity. SFAS 160 also requires a new


F-14


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
presentation on the face of the consolidated financial statements to separately report the amounts attributable to controlling and non-controlling interests. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective disclosure requirements, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. This statement will be effective for the Company beginning in 2009. Upon adoption, the Company will change the presentation of its non-controlling interests in its Consolidated Financial Statements to comply with the requirements of SFAS 160.
 
In February 2008, the FAB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) No. FAS 140-3 (“FSP FAS 140-3”), Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing Transactions . FSP FAS 140-3 concludes that a transferor and transferee should not separately account for a transfer of a financial asset and a related repurchase financing unless the two transactions have a valid and distinct business or economic purpose for being entered into separately and the repurchase financing does not result in the initial transferor regaining control over the financial asset. FSP FAS 140-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning on or after November 15, 2008. The Company does not anticipate that the adoption of this pronouncement to have a material effect on its results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
 
In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 161”). SFAS 161 amends SFAS 133’s disclosure requirements related to (i) how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedge items are accounted for under SFAS 133 and related interpretations, and (iii) how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance, and cash flows. The new disclosures will be expanded to include more tables and discussion about the qualitative aspects of the Company’s hedging strategies. The is effective January 1, 2009. Since SFAS No. 161 requires only additional disclosures concerning derivatives and hedging activities, adoption of SFAS No. 161 will not affect the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
 
In April 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 142-3, Determination of the Useful Life of Intangible Assets (“FSP FAS 142-3”). FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions that are used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. FSP FAS 142-3 also requires expanded disclosure related to the determination of intangible asset useful lives. FSP FAS 142-3 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company does not expect this pronouncement to have a material impact on its results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
 
In May 2008, the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 162”). SFAS 162 identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting principles to be used in the preparation and presentation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. SFAS 162 will become effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . This pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position, or cash flows.
 
In October 2008, as a result of the recent credit crisis, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 157-3 (“FSP FAS 157-3”), Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market That is Not Active . FSP FAS 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active. FSP FAS 157-3 addresses how management should consider measuring fair value when relevant observable data does not exist. FSP FAS 157-3 also provides guidance on how observable market information in a market that is not active should be considered when measuring fair value, as well as how the use of market quotes should be considered when assessing the relevance of observable and unobservable data available to measure fair value. FSP FAS 157-3 is effective upon issuance for companies that have adopted SFAS 157. The


F-15


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
adoption of FSP FAS 157-3 did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations, financial position or cash flows.
 
(2)   DISPOSITIONS AND ACQUISITIONS
 
Dispositions
 
Database Marketing and Consulting
 
On September 27, 2007, Newgen Results Corporation and related companies (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Newgen”) and the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement to sell substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities associated with its Database Marketing and Consulting business. As a result of the transaction, which was completed on September 28, 2007, Newgen received $3.2 million in cash and the Company recorded a loss on disposal of $6.1 million.
 
In addition to the asset purchase agreement, Newgen and the Company entered into a transition services agreement to provide the buyer certain transition services for a period not to exceed 90 days. In connection with this agreement, the Company and Newgen allocated $0.5 million of the sale price to account for the fair value of certain services that were recorded in Other, net over the transition period. The services under the transition services agreement were completed as of December 31, 2007.
 
The Company also entered into a services agreement with the buyer to provide ongoing BPO services that were previously being performed by the Company. Management reviewed the direct cash flows associated with this agreement and compared them to management’s estimates of the revenue associated with the Database Marketing and Consulting business. The Company concluded that these direct cash flows were significant. As a result, the operations included in the Database Marketing and Consulting business did not meet the criteria under SFAS 144 to be classified as discontinued operations.
 
The Company also entered into a software and intellectual property license agreement with the buyer, which provides for exclusive and nonexclusive licenses in certain territories for $2.2 million. In addition, the buyer will pay the Company certain ongoing royalties associated with future revenue generated by the buyer from the use of the software. The agreement required that the Company deliver the software to the buyer, which was completed on September 29, 2007. The agreement does not require the Company to provide any ongoing support for the software. The Company believes that the total consideration of $2.2 million is a reasonable estimate of the fair value of this license and, as such, the Company recorded the $2.2 million in Other, net for the year ended December 31, 2007.
 
Customer Solutions Mauritius
 
The Company, through its affiliated company TeleTech Europe B.V., and Bharti Ventures Ltd. entered into a share transfer agreement to sell TeleTech Services (India) Ltd., the Company’s Indian joint venture, to Aegis BPO Services Ltd. and certain of its affiliated companies (“Aegis”). The sale closed on December 18, 2007.
 
Under the agreement, Aegis agreed to purchase the joint venture, which provided BPO solutions primarily for in-country clients. The Company received $8.7 million for its 60% share of the joint venture. The Company recorded a $7.0 million gain on the transaction in the fourth quarter of 2007.


F-16


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
A reconciliation of the gain is as follows:
 
         
Current assets
  $ (840 )
Property, plant and equipment
    (1,601 )
Non-current assets
    (1,196 )
Liabilities assumed
    1,911  
         
Net assets disposed of
    (1,726 )
Fair value of consideration received, net of costs of sale
    8,731  
         
Gain recorded on sale
  $ 7,005  
         
 
Acquisitions
 
On June 30, 2006, the Company acquired 100 percent of the outstanding common shares of Direct Alliance Corporation (“DAC”) from Insight Enterprises, Inc. DAC is a provider of e-commerce, professional sales and account management solutions primarily to Fortune 500 companies that sell into and maintain long-standing relationships with small and medium businesses as well as governmental agencies. DAC is included in the Company’s North American BPO segment.
 
The total purchase price of $46.4 million in cash was funded utilizing the Company’s Credit Facility. The purchase agreement provides for the seller to (i) receive a future payment of up to $11.0 million based upon the earnings of DAC for the last six months of 2006 exceeding specified amounts and (ii) pay the Company up to $5.0 million in the event certain clients of DAC do not renew, on substantially similar terms, their service agreement with DAC as set forth in the purchase agreement. DAC did not meet the base targets for 2006 and therefore no adjustment to the purchase price was made for the first item. The Company has made a claim against Insight under item (ii) for the purchase price adjustment of $5.0 million. Insight is disputing this claim. In accordance with the stock purchase agreement, this dispute will be decided in arbitration. Therefore, no adjustment to the purchase price or the Company’s allocation of the purchase price has been made at this time.
 
The following table presents the pro-forma combined results of operations assuming (i) DAC’s historical unaudited financial results; (ii) the DAC acquisition closed on January 1, 2006; (iii) pro-forma amortization expense of the intangible assets and (iv) pro-forma interest expense assuming the Company utilized its Credit Facility to finance the acquisition (amounts in thousands):
 
         
    (Unaudited)  
    Year Ended
 
    December 31,
 
    2006  
 
Revenue
  $ 1,244,848  
Income from operations
  $ 76,371  
Net income
  $ 51,571  
Weighted average shares outstanding
       
Basic
    69,184  
Diluted
    69,869  
Net income per share
       
Basic
  $ 0.75  
Diluted
  $ 0.74  
 
The pro-forma results above are not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have actually occurred if the acquisition had been in effect on the date indicated, nor are they necessarily indicative of future results of the combined companies.


F-17


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(3)   DECONSOLIDATION OF A SUBSIDIARY
 
On December 22, 2008, Newgen Results Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, filed a voluntary petition for liquidation under Chapter 7 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. Under Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , a consolidation of a majority-owned subsidiary is precluded where control does not rest with the majority owners. Under these rules, legal reorganization or bankruptcy represents conditions that can preclude consolidation as control rests with the Bankruptcy Court, rather than the majority owner. Accordingly, the Company deconsolidated Newgen Results Corporation as of December 22, 2008. As a result, the Company has reflected its negative investment of $4.9 million on the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2008.
 
The following condensed financial statements of Newgen Results Corporation have been prepared in accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code , which requires the liabilities subject to compromise by the Bankruptcy Court to be reported separately from the liabilities not subject to compromise. All liabilities included in the condensed financial statements below are subject to compromise as of December 31, 2008 and represent the current estimate of the amount of known or potential pre-petition claims that are subject to final settlement. Such claims remain subject to future adjustments.
 
                 
    December 22,
    December 31,
 
    2008     2008  
 
Total current assets
  $ 1,700     $ 1,700  
Total long-term assets
    3,110       2,379  
                 
Total assets
    4,810       4,079  
Total current liabilities
  $ 3,931     $ 7,886  
Total long-term liabilities
    5,744        
                 
Total liabilities
    9,675       7,886  
Total stockholders’ deficit
    (4,865 )     (3,807 )
                 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
  $ 4,810     $ 4,079  
                 
 
(4)   SEGMENT INFORMATION
 
The Company serves its clients through the primary business of BPO services.
 
The Company’s BPO business provides outsourced business process and customer management services for a variety of industries through global delivery centers and represents 100% of total annual revenue. When the Company begins operations in a new country, it determines whether the country is intended primarily to serve U.S.-based clients, in which case the country is included in the North American BPO segment. If the country is intended to serve domestic clients from that country and U.S.-based clients, or clients from another country, then the country is included in the International BPO segment. This is consistent with the Company’s management of the business, internal financial


F-18


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
reporting structure and operating focus. Operations for each segment of the Company’s BPO business are conducted in the following countries:
 
 
     
North American BPO
 
International BPO
United States
Canada
Philippines
  Argentina
Australia
Brazil
China
Costa Rica
England
Germany
Malaysia
Mexico
New Zealand
Northern Ireland
Scotland
South Africa
Spain
 
The Database Marketing and Consulting segment, of which the Company sold substantially all the assets and liabilities in September 2007, provided outsourced database management, direct marketing and related customer acquisitions and retention services for automobile dealerships and manufacturers in North America. During 2007, income from operations was reduced by $20.4 million related to asset impairment and restructuring charges for this business. Income from Operations Before Income Taxes and Minority Interest was reduced by $24.3 million which includes the $20.4 million of asset impairment and restructuring charges discussed above along with a $3.9 million net charge comprised of a loss on the sale of assets of $6.1 million partially offset by software license income of $2.2 million both of which were recorded in Other, Net. See Notes 7 and 12 for further discussion on these impairments. On December 22, 2008, as discussed in Note 3, Newgen Results Corporation, which comprises the Database Marketing and Consulting segment, filed a voluntary petition for liquidation under Chapter 7 in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware. Accordingly, the Company deconsolidated Newgen Results Corporation as of December 22, 2008.
 
The Company allocates to each segment its portion of corporate operating expenses. All inter– company transactions between the reported segments for the periods presented have been eliminated.
 
One of the Company’s strategies is to secure additional business through the lower cost opportunities offered by certain foreign countries. Accordingly, the Company contracts with certain clients in one country to provide services from delivery centers in other foreign countries including Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Costa Rica, Mexico, Malaysia, the Philippines and South Africa. Under this arrangement, the contracting subsidiary invoices and collects from its local clients, while also entering into a contract with the foreign operating subsidiary to reimburse the foreign subsidiary for its costs plus a reasonable profit. This reimbursement is reflected as revenue by the foreign subsidiary. As a result, a portion of the revenue from these client contracts is recorded by the contracting subsidiary, while a portion is recorded by the foreign operating subsidiary. For U.S. clients served from Canada and the Philippines, which represents the majority of these arrangements, all the revenue remains within the North American BPO segment. For European and Asia Pacific clients served from the Philippines, a portion of the revenue is reflected in the North American BPO segment. For U.S. clients served from Argentina and Mexico, a portion of the revenue is reflected in the International BPO segment.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, approximately $5.9 million, $2.0 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of income from operations in the North American BPO segment were generated from these arrangements. For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006,


F-19


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
approximately $23.7 million, $16.8 million and $7.4 million, respectively, of income from operations in the International BPO segment were generated from these arrangements.
 
The following tables present certain financial data by segment (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    As of and for the
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Revenue
                       
North American BPO
  $ 974,815     $ 955,810     $ 814,419  
International BPO
    425,332       396,080       356,106  
Database Marketing and Consulting
          17,742       40,228  
                         
Total
  $ 1,400,147     $ 1,369,632     $ 1,210,753  
                         
Depreciation and amortization
                       
North American BPO
  $ 36,521     $ 31,964     $ 27,918  
International BPO
    22,631       20,076       16,569  
Database Marketing and Consulting
    14       3,913       7,502  
                         
Total
  $ 59,166     $ 55,953     $ 51,989  
                         
Income from operations
                       
North American BPO
  $ 100,236     $ 106,102     $ 85,639  
International BPO
    9,278       8,327       3,219  
Database Marketing and Consulting
    (556 )     (32,641 )     (15,093 )
                         
Total
  $ 108,958     $ 81,788     $ 73,765  
                         
Capital expenditures
                       
North American BPO
  $ 40,216     $ 42,445     $ 46,265  
International BPO
    25,772       18,008       18,149  
Database Marketing and Consulting
          630       1,602  
                         
Total
  $ 65,988     $ 61,083     $ 66,016  
                         
Assets
                       
North American BPO
  $ 432,450     $ 469,261     $ 390,889  
International BPO
    236,492       288,757       238,887  
Database Marketing and Consulting
          2,277       34,645  
                         
Total
  $ 668,942     $ 760,295     $ 664,421  
                         
Goodwill
                       
North American BPO
  $ 35,885     $ 35,885     $ 35,885  
International BPO
    8,265       9,269       8,613  
Database Marketing and Consulting
                13,361  
                         
Total
  $ 44,150     $ 45,154     $ 57,859  
                         


F-20


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following tables present certain financial data based upon the geographic location where the services are provided (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    As of and for the
 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Revenue
                       
United States
  $ 407,546     $ 431,602     $ 441,821  
Latin America
    304,093       234,167       171,658  
Philippines
    290,402       222,499       122,950  
Canada
    154,190       203,061       205,691  
Europe
    151,069       146,451       141,550  
Asia Pacific / Africa
    92,847       131,852       127,083  
                         
Total
  $ 1,400,147     $ 1,369,632     $ 1,210,753  
                         
Property, plant and equipment, gross
                       
United States
  $ 261,064     $ 241,660     $ 275,214  
Latin America
    82,201       88,823       66,863  
Philippines
    71,974       62,044       35,759  
Canada
    49,813       63,126       58,177  
Europe
    19,226       16,206       15,618  
Asia Pacific / Africa
    22,620       52,824       51,256  
                         
Total
  $ 506,898     $ 524,683     $ 502,887  
                         
Other long-term assets
                       
United States
  $ 15,836     $ 25,139     $ 17,918  
Latin America
    1,814       3,363       3,627  
Philippines
    2,573       2,555       2,050  
Canada
    561       631       4,648  
Europe
    781       726       900  
Asia Pacific / Africa
    1,497       1,345       1,366  
                         
Total
  $ 23,062     $ 33,759     $ 30,509  
                         
 
(5)   ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE AND SIGNIFICANT CLIENTS
 
Accounts Receivable in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consists of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Accounts receivable
  $ 242,548     $ 275,713  
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts
    (5,551 )     (4,725 )
                 
Accounts receivable, net
  $ 236,997     $ 270,988  
                 
 
Activity in the Company’s Allowance for Doubtful Accounts consists of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 4,725     $ 4,720     $ 3,422  
Provision for doubtful accounts
    1,990       576       2,723  
Deductions for uncollectible receivables written-off
    (193 )     (380 )     (466 )
Effect of foreign currency
    (971 )     (191 )     (959 )
                         
Balance, end of year
  $ 5,551     $ 4,725     $ 4,720  
                         


F-21


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The Company had one client, Sprint Nextel Corporation that contributed in excess of 10% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, which operates in the communications industry. The revenue from this client as a percentage of total revenue was as follows:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
Sprint Nextel
    13.0 %     14.9 %     15.5 %
 
Accounts receivable from Sprint Nextel Corporation were as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    Year Ended
    December 31,
   
2008
  2007
 
    $ 20,979     $ 37,347  
 
The loss of one or more of its significant clients could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, operating results, or financial condition. The Company does not require collateral from its clients. To limit the Company’s credit risk, management performs ongoing credit evaluations of its clients and maintains allowances for uncollectible accounts. Although the Company is impacted by economic conditions in various industry segments, management does not believe significant credit risk exists as of December 31, 2008.
 
(6)   PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Land and buildings
  $ 44,532     $ 44,532  
Computer equipment and software
    215,688       214,714  
Telephone equipment
    47,692       57,037  
Furniture and fixtures
    54,402       56,353  
Leasehold improvements
    143,105       142,597  
Construction-in-progress
    1,333       6,351  
Other
    146       3,099  
                 
Property, plant and equipment, gross
    506,898       524,683  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (349,151 )     (349,874 )
                 
Property, plant and equipment, net
  $ 157,747     $ 174,809  
                 
 
Depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment was $57.6 million, $54.3 million and $50.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
In addition, the Company had $0.4 million and $1.0 million of unamortized Software Development Costs as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Amortization expense for Software Development Costs was $1.0 million, $3.1 million and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, which is included in the depreciation and amortization expense for property, plant and equipment discussed above.


F-22


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(7)   GOODWILL
 
Goodwill consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                                         
                      Effect of
       
    December 31,
                Foreign
    December 31,
 
    2007     Acquisitions     Impairments     Currency     2008  
 
North American BPO
  $ 35,885     $     $     $     $ 35,885  
International BPO
    9,269                   (1,004 )     8,265  
Database Marketing and Consulting
                             
                                         
Total
  $ 45,154     $     $     $ (1,004 )   $ 44,150  
                                         
 
                                         
                      Effect of
       
    December 31,
                Foreign
    December 31,
 
    2006     Acquisitions     Impairments     Currency     2007  
 
North American BPO
  $ 35,885     $     $     $     $ 35,885  
International BPO
    8,613                   656       9,269  
Database Marketing and Consulting
    13,361             (13,361 )            
                                         
Total
  $ 57,859     $     $ (13,361 )   $ 656     $ 45,154  
                                         
 
Impairment
 
The Company performs impairment testing of its goodwill balances annually in the fourth quarter, unless circumstances indicate potential impairment in a preceding quarter. There were no impairments indicated for the North American BPO or the International BPO based upon this testing.
 
In the second quarter of 2007, management determined that the carrying value of the Database Marketing and Consulting business’ goodwill should be reviewed for potential impairment. Management reached this conclusion due to repeated quarterly losses by the operations of the business, the deterioration of the automobile industry, which was the business’ market, and indications of lower value from interested third-parties to a possible sale of the business. As required by SFAS 142 the Company performed a two-step analysis of the fair value of the business’ goodwill.
 
The first step of the impairment testing indicated that the carrying value of the Database Marketing and Consulting business exceeded its fair value. The Company determined the fair value of the business using a discounted future cash flow method and compared the result to indications of fair market value received from interested third-party purchasers of the Database Marketing and Consulting business, based on the probability of the different outcomes. Because the first step indicated a potential impairment, the Company performed the second step required by SFAS 142.
 
The second step of the impairment testing indicated that the book value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeded the implied fair value of that goodwill. The implied fair value was determined by reviewing the business’ current assets and liabilities; property, plant and equipment; and other identifiable intangible assets (both those recorded and not recorded) to determine the appropriate fair value of the business’ assets and liabilities in a hypothetical purchase accounting analysis. The fair value of these items based on the hypothetical analysis was then compared to the fair value used in the step one test (the hypothetical purchase price) to calculate the implied fair value of the business’ goodwill. The implied fair value of the business’ goodwill was zero. As a result, an impairment charge of $13.4 million for the entirety of the business’ goodwill was recorded during the second quarter of 2007. This was recorded in Impairment Losses in the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income. See discussion of the sale of the Database Marketing and Consulting business in Note 2.


F-23


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(8)   CONTRACT ACQUISITION COSTS
 
Contract acquisition costs, net consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Contract acquisition costs, gross
  $ 26,802     $ 23,811  
Less: Accumulated amortization
    (19,211 )     (16,827 )
                 
Contract acquisition costs, net
  $ 7,591     $ 6,984  
                 
 
Amortization of contract acquisition costs recorded as a reduction to Revenue was $2.4 million, $2.5 million and $3.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Expected future amortization of contract acquisition costs is as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
         
2009
  $ 3,111  
2010
    2,407  
2011
    1,968  
2012
    105  
         
Total
  $ 7,591  
         
 
(9)   OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
Other intangible assets consisted of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2008  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
 
    Value     Amortization     Value  
 
Customer relationships
  $ 11,445     $ (5,494 )   $ 5,951  
Trade name – indefinite life
    1,800             1,800  
                         
    $ 13,245     $ (5,494 )   $ 7,751  
                         
 
                         
    As of December 31, 2007  
    Gross Carrying
    Accumulated
    Net Carrying
 
    Value     Amortization     Value  
 
Customer relationships
  $ 12,689     $ (4,937 )   $ 7,752  
Trade name – indefinite life
    1,800             1,800  
                         
    $ 14,489     $ (4,937 )   $ 9,552  
                         
 
Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $1.6 million, $1.7 million and $1.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Expected future amortization of Other Intangible Assets is as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
         
2009
  $ 1,206  
2010
    730  
2011
    730  
2012
    730  
Thereafter
    2,555  
         
Total
  $ 5,951  
         


F-24


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(10)   DERIVATIVES
 
Cash Flow Hedges
 
The Company enters into foreign exchange forward and option contracts to reduce its exposure to foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations that are associated with forecasted revenue in non-functional currencies. These contracts are designated as cash flow hedges. The following table summarizes the aggregate unrealized net gain and loss in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 (amounts in thousands and net of tax):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Aggregate unrealized net gain (loss) at beginning of year
  $ 21,417     $ (176 )   $ 4,749  
Net gain reclassified to earnings
    (2,973 )     (8,295 )     (3,810 )
Change in fair value of cash flow hedges
    (39,624 )     29,888       (1,115 )
                         
Aggregate unrealized net (loss) gain at end of year
  $ (21,180 )   $ 21,417     $ (176 )
                         
 
The Company’s cash flow hedging instruments as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands). All hedging instruments are forward contracts, except as noted.
 
                             
    Local Currency
    U.S. Dollar
    % Maturing in
    Contracts Maturing
2008
  Notional Amount     Amount     2009     Through
 
Canadian Dollar
    88,300     $ 77,865       54.1 %   December 2011
Canadian Dollar Call Options
    44,400       39,305       54.1 %   December 2010
Philippine Peso
    6,656,909       150,418 (1)     75.6 %   February 2011
Argentine Peso
    102,072       29,054 (2)     91.2 %   May 2010
Mexican Peso
    856,500       70,530       68.0 %   September 2011
S. African Rand
    92,000       8,399       81.5 %   February 2010
British Pound Sterling
    1,725       2,537 (3)     44.3 %   March 2011
                             
            $ 378,108              
                             
 
                 
    Local Currency
    U.S. Dollar
 
2007
  Notional Amount     Amount  
 
Canadian Dollar
    54,000     $ 49,679  
Canadian Dollar Call Options
    82,800       73,344  
Philippine Peso
    7,600,000       166,457  
Argentine Peso
    126,674       37,842  
Mexican Peso
    464,500       40,846  
                 
            $ 368,168  
                 
 
 
(1) Includes contracts to purchase Philippine pesos in exchange for British pound sterling and New Zealand dollars, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
(2) Includes contracts to purchase Argentine pesos in exchange for Euros, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2008 and 2007.
 
(3) Includes contracts to purchase British pound sterling in exchange for Euros, which are translated into equivalent U.S. dollars on December 31, 2008 and 2007.


F-25


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
The Company’s fair value of its cash flow hedges are as follows:
 
                 
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Other current assets
  $ 1,926     $ 23,885  
Other long-term assets
  $ 2,297     $ 11,259  
Other current liabilities
  $ (30,757 )   $  
Other long-term liabilities
  $ (6,555 )   $  
                 
Total net derivative asset (liability)
  $ (33,089 )   $ 35,144  
                 
 
The portfolio is valued using models based on market observable inputs, including both forward and spot foreign exchange rates, implied volatility, and counterparty credit risk, including the ability of each party to execute its obligations under the contract. As of December 31, 2008, credit risk did not materially change the fair value of the Company’s foreign currency forward and option contracts.
 
The Company recorded net gains of $4.9 million, $13.6 million, and $6.3 million for settled cash flow hedge contracts and the related premiums for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively. These gains are reflected in Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).
 
Hedge of Net Investment
 
In 2008, The Company entered into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge its net investment in a foreign operation. The aggregate notional value of this hedge was $6.8 million as of December 31, 2008. The Company recorded net gains of $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as currency translation, a component of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), offsetting foreign exchange losses attributable to the translation of the net investment. The Company did not hedge net investments in foreign operations during fiscal year 2007 or 2006.
 
Embedded Derivatives
 
The Company’s foreign subsidiaries in Argentina and Mexico are parties to US Dollar denominated lease contracts which the Company has determined contain embedded derivatives, as defined by SFAS 133. As such, the Company bifurcates the embedded derivative features of the lease contracts and values these features as foreign currency derivatives. The Company uses Level 2 market observable inputs to value the embedded derivative features of these contracts.
 
Derivative Valuation Inputs
 
SFAS No. 157 Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”) establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). Net derivative assets (liabilities) measured at fair value on a recurring basis for derivatives include the following as of December 31, 2008 (amounts in thousands):
 
                                 
    Fair Value Measurements Using  
    Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     At Fair Value  
 
Cash flow hedges
  $      –     $ (33,089 )   $      –     $ (33,089 )
Net investment hedges
  $     $ (113 )   $     $ (113 )
Intercompany payable hedges
  $     $ (44 )   $     $ (44 )
Embedded derivatives
  $     $ (1,476 )   $     $ (1,476 )
                                 
Total net derivative asset (liability)
  $     $ (34,722 )   $     $ (34,722 )
                                 


F-26


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(11)   INCOME TAXES
 
The sources of pre-tax accounting income are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Domestic
  $ 23,113     $ (141 )   $ 26,599  
Foreign
    81,491       75,492       42,724  
                         
Total
  $ 104,604     $ 75,351     $ 69,323  
                         
 
The components of the Company’s provision for income taxes are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Current provision
                       
Federal
  $ 8,480     $ 3,106     $ 12,158  
State
    933       1,361       982  
Foreign
    17,104       16,174       12,701  
                         
Total current provision
    26,517       20,641       25,841  
Deferred provision (benefit)
                       
Federal
    1,009       (3,973 )     (4,157 )
State
    331       (543 )     (80 )
Foreign
    (588 )     3,437       (5,130 )
                         
Total deferred provision (benefit)
    752       (1,079 )     (9,367 )
                         
Total provision for income taxes
  $ 27,269     $ 19,562     $ 16,474  
                         
 
The following reconciles the Company’s effective tax rate to the federal statutory rate (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Income tax per U.S. federal statutory rate (35%)
  $ 36,611     $ 26,372     $ 24,227  
State income taxes, net of federal deduction
    716       342       400  
Change in valuation allowances
    (2,825 )     (378 )     (3,603 )
Foreign income taxes at different rates than the U.S
    (11,426 )     (6,693 )     (5,881 )
Foreign withholding taxes
    2,501       1,731       313  
Record increase to deferred tax assets due to implementation of tax planning strategies
          (828 )     (3,300 )
Losses in international markets without tax benefits
    560       912       836  
Nondeductible compensation under Section 162 (m)
    175       224       248  
FIN 48 Contingency
    (72 )     (162 )      
Permanent difference related to foreign exchange gains
    (149 )     (2,381 )     404  
(Income)/losses of foreign branch operations
    2,501       3,535       564  
Permanent difference related to sale of joint venture
          (2,406 )      
Non-taxable earnings of minority interest
    (863 )     (785 )     (654 )
Other
    (460 )     79       2,920  
                         
Income tax per effective tax rate
  $ 27,269     $ 19,562     $ 16,474  
                         


F-27


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The Company’s deferred income tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Deferred tax assets, gross
               
Accrued workers compensation, deferred compensation and employee benefits
  $ 5,682     $ 4,469  
Allowance for doubtful accounts, insurance and other accruals
    8,694       7,067  
Depreciation and amortization
    12,257       23,110  
Amortization of deferred rent liabilities
    5,227       1,271  
Net operating losses
    10,064       14,388  
Equity compensation
    7,451       9,409  
Customer acquisition and deferred revenue accruals
    6,196       4,340  
Federal and state tax credits
    21,299       9,047  
Unrealized losses on derivatives
    13,541        
Other
    3,331       5,966  
                 
Total deferred tax assets, gross
    93,742       79,067  
Valuation allowances
    (28,851 )     (20,448 )
                 
Total deferred tax assets, net
    64,891       58,619  
Deferred tax liabilities
               
Long-term lease obligations
    (1,573 )     (872 )
Unrealized gains on derivatives
          (8,647 )
Contract acquisition costs
    (1,362 )     (445 )
Other
    (124 )     (650 )
                 
Total deferred tax liabilities
    (3,059 )     (10,614 )
                 
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 61,832     $ 48,005  
                 
 
As required by SFAS 109, the Company periodically reviews the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be realized in future tax periods under the “more likely than not” criteria. In making this judgment, SFAS 109 requires that all available evidence, both positive and negative, should be considered to determine whether, based on the weight of that evidence, a valuation allowance is required.
 
As of December 31, 2008 the Company has approximately $46.0 million of net deferred tax assets in the U.S. and $15.8 million of net deferred tax assets related to certain international locations whose recoverability is dependent upon their future profitability. As of December 31, 2008 the deferred tax valuation allowance is $28.9 million and relates primarily to tax losses in foreign jurisdictions and U.S. federal and state tax credits which do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard under SFAS 109. The utilization of these state tax credits are subject to numerous factors including various expiration dates, generation of future taxable income over extended periods of time and state income tax apportionment factors which are subject to change.
 
As required by SFAS 109, when there is a change in judgment concerning the recovery of deferred tax assets in future periods, the valuation allowance is reversed into earnings during the quarter in which the change in judgment occurred. In 2008, the Company made adjustments to its deferred tax assets and corresponding valuation allowances. The net change in the Company’s valuation allowance is an increase of $8.4 million. The increase is primarily due to the increase in state income tax credits generated from final amended tax returns for the years ended 2002 − 2006. Since the majority of these tax credits do not meet the “more-likely-than-not” standard, a valuation allowance of $11.1 million was established. This increase is offset by a release of valuation allowance in the United Kingdom of $3.2 million for current year income and projected income from certain contracts over the next two years. Adjustments to other jurisdictions net to a $0.5 million increase to the valuation allowance.


F-28


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
As of December 31, 2008, after consideration of all tax loss and tax credit carry back opportunities, the Company had net foreign tax loss carry forwards expiring as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
       
2008
  $
2009
   
2010
   
2011
    9
2012
    100
2013
    174
2014
    1,787
2015
    525
No expiration
    28,468
       
Total
  $ 31,063
       
 
As of December 31, 2008, domestically, the Company has $3.2 million of federal tax loss carry-forwards and state tax credit carry-forwards of $17.2 million that if unused will expire between 2009 and 2022.
 
As of December 31, 2008 the cumulative amount of foreign earnings considered permanently invested and not repatriated was $182 million. If these earnings become taxable in the U.S., some portion of them would be subject to incremental U.S. income tax expense and foreign withholding tax expense.
 
The Company has been granted “Tax Holidays” as an incentive to attract foreign investment by the governments of the Philippines and Costa Rica. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an agreement between the Company and a foreign government under which the Company receives certain tax benefits in that country, such as exemption from taxation on profits derived from export-related activities. In the Philippines, the Company has been granted 11 separate agreements for four year periods, expiring at various times between 2008 and 2011. The aggregate effect on income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was approximately $9.2 million, $5.7 million and $2.2 million, respectively, which had a favorable impact on net income per share of $0.14, $0.08 and $0.03, respectively.
 
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
 
On January 1, 2007, the Company had $17.3 million in unrecognized tax benefits that it did not consider “probable” under SFAS No. 5 Accounting for Contingencies. Upon adoption of FIN 48 and re-evaluation of the $17.3 million, it also did not meet the “more-likely-than-not” criteria of FIN 48.
 
On implementation of FIN 48, the Company increased the existing reserve for uncertain tax positions of $17.8 million by recognizing additional liabilities of $1.2 million as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings. The total amount of interest and penalties relating to the $19.0 million reserve for uncertain tax positions recorded at the time of adoption is $0.1 million. This amount was also recorded as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.
 
Upon adopting FIN 48, the Company changed its accounting practice for penalties and interest. In prior accounting periods, interest and penalties relating to income taxes were accounted for in interest expense and other expenses, respectively. Under FIN 48, interest and penalties relating to income taxes will be accrued net of tax in income tax expense. In adopting FIN 48, the Company is permitted to change its accounting practice at the time of adoption under a one-time “safe harbor” provision. The change in accounting practice resulted in no change to net income, net income per share or retained earnings reported in any prior period.


F-29


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) as of December 31, 2008 was approximately $0.1 million and the total amount of interest and penalties recognized in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 was approximately $0.1 million.
 
The Company has a reserve for uncertain tax benefits on a net basis of $18.9 million and $18.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The FIN 48 contingency was reduced by $0.6 million for a tax position that was resolved favorably upon completion of an income tax audit. This reduction is offset by new FIN 48 contingency reserves for tax positions taken during 2008 that did not meet the more-likely-than-not standard. The net activity does not have an impact on the effective tax rate. If the Company recognized these remaining unrecorded tax benefits, approximately $19.0 million of tax benefits and tax related interest and penalties accrued, would favorably impact the effective tax rate.
 
The tabular reconciliation of the reserve for uncertain tax benefits on a gross basis for the year ended December 31, 2008 is presented below (amounts in thousands):
 
         
Balance as of December 31, 2006
  $ 22,305  
Additions for current year tax positions
    35  
Reductions in prior year tax positions
    (337 )
Lapses in statute of limitations
    (71 )
         
Balance as of December 31, 2007
  $ 21,932  
Additions for current year tax positions
    613  
Reductions in prior year tax positions
    (627 )
         
Balance as of December 31, 2008
  $ 21,918  
         
 
The Company and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries (including Percepta LLC and its domestic and foreign subsidiaries) file income tax returns as required in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The following table presents the major tax jurisdictions and tax years that are open as of December 31, 2008 and subject to examination by the respective tax authorities:
 
         
Tax Jurisdiction
  Tax Year Ended  
 
United States
    2002 to present  
Argentina
    2003 to present  
Australia
    2004 to present  
Brazil
    2000 to present  
Canada
    2003 to present  
Mexico
    2004 to present  
Philippines
    2003 to present  
Spain
    2004 to present  
 
The Company’s U.S. income tax returns filed for the tax years ending December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 remain open tax years subject to IRS audit. The Company has been notified of the intent to audit, or is currently under audit of income taxes in Australia, the Philippines, Malaysia and the Percepta U.S. business, for various open tax years. Additionally the Company is required to indemnify any future tax assessments assessed on the recently disposed of operations in India which are currently undergoing an income tax audit. Although the outcome of examinations by taxing authorities are always uncertain, it is the opinion of management that the resolution of these audits will not have a material effect on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. In addition there are no other tax audits in process in major tax jurisdictions that would have a significant impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.


F-30


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(12)   RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND IMPAIRMENT LOSSES
 
Restructuring Charges
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company undertook a number of restructuring activities primarily associated with reductions in the Company’s workforce to better align the workforce with current business needs. These included (i) the restructuring of its work force in the International BPO segment; and (ii) facility exit charges in connection with the closure of four delivery centers in the North American BPO segment.
 
A summary of the expenses recorded for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, is as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
North American BPO
                       
Reduction in Force
  $ 97     $ 1,902     $ 134  
Facility exit charges
    2,975             47  
Reversals
    (192 )     (622 )     (78 )
                         
Total
  $ 2,880     $ 1,280     $ 103  
                         
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
International BPO
                       
Reduction in Force
  $ 3,226     $ 964     $ 815  
Facility exit charges
          86       753  
Reversals
                (148 )
                         
Total
  $ 3,226     $ 1,050     $ 1,420  
                         
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Database Marketing and Consulting
                       
Reduction in Force
  $ 10     $ 936     $ 107  
Facility exit charges
    (57 )     (102 )      
Reversals
          3,951        
                         
Total
  $ (47 )   $ 4,785     $ 107  
                         


F-31


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
A rollforward of the activity in the Company’s restructuring accruals for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, is as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Closure of
             
    Delivery
    Reduction
       
    Centers     in Force     Total  
 
Balance as of December 31, 2006
  $ 1,087     $ 191     $ 1,278  
Expense
    4,037       3,801       7,838  
Payments
    (199 )     (3,168 )     (3,367 )
Reversals
    (599 )     (126 )     (725 )
Non-cash items
          (350 )     (350 )
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2007
    4,326       348       4,674  
Expense
    2,975       3,333       6,308  
Payments
    (4,832 )     (3,586 )     (8,418 )
Reversals
    (154 )     (95 )     (249 )
De-consolidation of subsidiary
    (202 )           (202 )
                         
Balance as of December 31, 2008
  $ 2,113     $     $ 2,113  
                         
 
The remaining accruals are expected to be paid during 2009.
 
Impairment Losses
 
During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company recognized impairment losses of $2.0 million related to the reduction of the net book value of certain long-lived assets in the North American and International BPO segments to their estimated fair values.
 
During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company recognized impairment losses of $15.8 million of which $15.6 million was related to its Database Marketing and Consulting business comprised of a $13.4 million goodwill impairment, as discussed in Note 7, and a $2.2 million leasehold improvement impairment.
 
(13)   INDEBTEDNESS
 
The Company’s Credit Facility, dated September 28, 2006, permits borrowing up to a maximum of $225 million. The Credit Facility expires on September 27, 2011 and allows the Company to request a one-year extension beyond the maturity date subject to unanimous approval by the lenders. The Credit Facility is secured by the majority of the Company’s domestic accounts receivable and a pledge of 65% of the capital stock of specified material foreign subsidiaries. The Company’s domestic subsidiaries are guarantors under the Credit Facility.
 
The Credit Facility, which includes customary financial covenants, may be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, purchases of treasury stock and acquisition financing. As of December 31, 2008, the Company was in compliance with all financial covenants. The Credit Facility accrues interest at a rate based on either (1) Prime Rate, defined as the higher of the lender’s prime rate or the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50%, or (2) LIBOR plus an applicable credit spread, at the Company’s option. The interest rate will vary based on the Company’s leverage ratio as defined in the Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2008, interest accrued at the weighted-average rate of approximately 2.3%. In addition, the Company pays commitment fees on the unused portion of the Credit Facility at a rate of 0.125% per annum. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company had outstanding borrowings under the Credit Facility of $80.8 million and $65.4 million, respectively. The Company’s borrowing capacity is reduced by $6.3 million as a result of the letters of credit issued under the Credit Facility. The unused commitment under the Credit Facility was $137.9 million as of December 31, 2008.


F-32


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(14)   DEFERRED TRAINING REVENUE AND COSTS
 
Deferred Training Revenue in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Deferred Training Revenue − Current
  $ 10,550     $ 9,549  
Deferred Training Revenue − Long-term
    4,758       3,113  
                 
Total Deferred Training Revenue
  $ 15,308     $ 12,662  
                 
 
Activity for the Company’s Deferred Training Revenue was as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 12,662     $ 12,552     $ 8,512  
Add: Amounts deferred due to new business
    20,961       9,333       9,432  
Less: Revenue recognized
    (17,830 )     (9,293 )     (5,418 )
                         
Net increase/(decrease) in deferred revenue
    3,131       40       4,014  
Effect of foreign currency
    (485 )     70       26  
                         
Balance, end of year
  $ 15,308     $ 12,662     $ 12,552  
                         
 
Deferred Training Costs in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets consist of the following (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Deferred Training Costs − Current
  $ 4,447     $ 4,065  
Deferred Training Costs − Long-term
    2,112       1,262  
                 
Total Deferred Training Costs
  $ 6,559     $ 5,327  
                 
 
Activity for the Company’s Deferred Training Costs was as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Balance, beginning of year
  $ 5,327     $ 5,209     $ 3,635  
Add: Amounts deferred due to new business
    8,916       3,572       4,208  
Less: Recognized expense
    (7,452 )     (3,452 )     (2,633 )
                         
Net increase/(decrease) in deferred costs
    1,464       120       1,575  
Effect of foreign currency
    (232 )     (2 )     (1 )
                         
Balance, end of year
  $ 6,559     $ 5,327     $ 5,209  
                         
 
(15)   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
Letters of Credit
 
As of December 31, 2008, outstanding letters of credit and other performance guarantees totaled approximately $6.8 million, which primarily guarantee workers’ compensation and other insurance-related obligations and facility leases.
 
Guarantees
 
The Company’s Credit Facility is guaranteed by the majority of the Company’s domestic subsidiaries.


F-33


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The Company has a corporate aircraft financed under a synthetic operating lease. The lease term is five years and expires in January 2010. During the lease term or at expiration the Company has the option to return the aircraft, purchase the aircraft at a fixed price, or renew the lease with the lessor. In the event the Company elects to return the aircraft, it has guaranteed a portion of the residual value to the lessor. Although the approximate residual value guarantee is $2.1 million at lease expiration, the Company does not expect to have a liability under this lease based upon current estimates of the aircraft’s future fair value at the time of lease expiration.
 
Legal Proceedings
 
On January 25, 2008, a class action lawsuit was filed in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York entitled Beasley v. TeleTech Holdings, Inc., et al. against TeleTech, certain current directors and officers and others alleging violations of Sections 11, 12(a)(2) and 15 of the Securities Act, Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder and Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act. The complaint alleges, among other things, false and misleading statements in the Registration Statement and Prospectus in connection with (i) a March 2007 secondary offering of common stock and (ii) various disclosures made and periodic reports filed by the Company between February 8, 2007 and November 8, 2007. On February 25, 2008, a second nearly identical class action complaint, entitled Brown v. TeleTech Holdings, Inc., et al., was filed in the same court. On May 19, 2008, the actions described above were consolidated under the caption In re: TeleTech Litigation and lead plaintiff and lead counsel were approved. TeleTech and the other individual defendants intend to defend this case vigorously. Although the Company expects the majority of expenses related to the class action lawsuit to be covered by insurance, there can be no assurance that all of such expenses will be reimbursed.
 
On July 28, 2008, a shareholder derivative action was filed in the Court of Chancery, State of Delaware, entitled Susan M. Gregory v. Kenneth D. Tuchman, et al. , against certain of TeleTech’s former and current officers and directors alleging, among other things, that the individual defendants breached their fiduciary duties and were unjustly enriched in connection with: (i) equity grants made in excess of plan limits; and (ii) manipulating the grant dates of stock option grants from 1999 through 2008. TeleTech is named solely as a nominal defendant against whom no recovery is sought. Although the Company expects the majority of expenses related to the shareholder derivative action to be covered by insurance, there can be no assurance that all such expenses will be reimbursed.
 
From time to time, the Company has been involved in claims and lawsuits, both as plaintiff and defendant, which arise in the ordinary course of business. Accruals for claims or lawsuits have been provided for to the extent that losses are deemed both probable and estimable. Although the ultimate outcome of these claims or lawsuits cannot be ascertained, on the basis of present information and advice received from counsel, the Company believes that the disposition or ultimate resolution of such claims or lawsuits will not have a material adverse effect on the Company or its Consolidated Financial Statements.
 
(16)   LEASES
 
Leases
 
The Company has various operating leases primarily for equipment, delivery centers and office space, which generally contain renewal options. Rent expense under operating leases was approximately $31.7 million, $39.2 million and $42.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
In 2008, the Company sub-leased one of its delivery centers to a third party for the remaining term of the original lease. The sub-lease begins on January 1, 2009 and rental income received over the term of the


F-34


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
lease will be recognized on a straight-line basis. Future minimum sub-lease rental receipts are shown in the table below.
 
The future minimum rental payments and receipts required under non-cancelable operating leases and capital leases as of December 31, 2008 are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    Operating
    Sub-Lease
 
    Leases     Income  
 
2009
  $ 30,645     $ 1,752  
2010
    27,349       1,752  
2011
    22,894       1,752  
2012
    16,535       1,823  
2013
    12,278       1,823  
Thereafter
    21,056       16,141  
                 
Total
  $ 130,757     $ 25,043  
                 
 
         
    Capital
 
    Leases  
 
2009
  $ 2,058  
2010
    1,942  
2011
    1,829  
2012
    576  
         
Total
  $ 6,405  
Less amount representing interest
    886  
         
Present value of minimum lease payments
    5,519  
Less current portion
    1,315  
         
Long-term portion
  $ 4,204  
         
 
In addition, the Company records operating lease expense on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease as described in Note 1. The deferred lease liability as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 was $20.7 million and $26.5 million, respectively and is included in Other Long-Term Liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 
The Company has two delivery centers and other equipment classified as capital leases at December 31, 2008. The amounts applicable to these leases as included in property, plant and equipment are as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Historical cost
  $ 14,173     $ 14,173  
Less: Accumulated depreciation
    10,370       8,789  
                 
    $ 3,803     $ 5,384  
                 


F-35


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Asset Retirement Obligations
 
The Company records asset retirement obligations for its delivery center leases. Following is a summary of the amounts recorded (amounts in thousands):
 
                                         
    Balance at
                Modifications
    Balance at
 
    December 31,
    New Lease
          and
    December 31,
 
    2007     Obligations     Accretion     settlements (1)     2008  
 
ARO liability at inception
  $ 2,334     $     $     $ (546 )   $ 1,788  
Accumulated accretion
    647             116       (61 )     702  
                                         
    $ 2,981     $     $ 116     $ (607 )   $ 2,490  
                                         
 
                                         
    Balance at
                Modifications
    Balance at
 
    December 31,
    New Lease
          and
    December 31,
 
    2006     Obligations     Accretion     settlements (1)     2007  
 
ARO liability at inception
  $ 2,175     $ 180     $     $ (21 )   $ 2,334  
Accumulated accretion
    517             150       (20 )     647  
                                         
    $ 2,692     $ 180     $ 150     $ (41 )   $ 2,981  
                                         
 
 
(1) Modifications to ARO liabilities and accumulated accretion occur when lease agreements are amended or when assumptions change, such as the rate of inflation. Modifications are accounted for prospectively as changes in estimates. Settlements occur when leased premises are vacated and the actual cost of restoration is paid. Differences between the actual costs of restoration and the balance recorded as ARO liabilities are recognized as gains or losses in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.
 
(17)   NET INCOME PER SHARE
 
The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net income per share for the periods indicated:
 
                         
    Year Ended December 31,  
    2008     2007     2006  
 
Shares used in basic earnings per share calculation
    68,208       70,228       69,184  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
Stock options
    1,370       2,363       685  
Restricted stock units
          47        
                         
Total effects of dilutive securities
    1,370       2,410       685  
                         
Shares used in dilutive earnings per share calculation
    69,578       72,638       69,869  
                         
 
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, 0.3 million, 0.4 million and 0.6 million, respectively, of options to purchase shares of common stock were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, restricted stock units of 1.1 million, 0.4 million, respectively, were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, restricted stock units that vest based on the Company achieving specified operating income performance targets, of 0.4 million and 0.9 million, respectively, were outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted net income per share because they were not determined to be contingently issuable.


F-36


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(18)   EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION PLANS
 
Employee Benefit Plan
 
The Company has two 401(k) profit-sharing plans that allow participation by employees who have completed six months of service, as defined, and are 21 years of age or older. Participants may defer up to 75% of their gross pay, up to a maximum limit determined by U.S. federal law. Participants are also eligible for a matching contribution, of up to 50% of the first 6% of compensation a participant contributes to the plan. Participants vest in matching contributions over a three-year period. Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plans totaled $3.1 million, $2.3 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
 
Equity Compensation Plans
 
Stock Options
 
In February 1999, the Company adopted the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “1999 Plan”). The purpose of the 1999 Plan is to enable the Company to continue to (a) attract and retain high quality directors, officers, employees and potential employees, consultants and independent contractors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries; (b) motivate such persons to promote the long-term success of the Company and its subsidiaries; and (c) induce employees of companies that are acquired by TeleTech to accept employment with TeleTech following such an acquisition. The 1999 Plan supplements the 1995 Option Plan (collectively the “Plans”). An aggregate of 7 million shares of common stock has been reserved under the 1995 Option Plan and an aggregate of 14.8 million shares of common stock has been reserved for issuance under the 1999 Plan, which permits the award of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, shares of restricted common stock and restricted stock units (“RSUs”). The 1999 Plan also provides for annual equity-based compensation grants to Directors. Options granted to employees generally vest over a period of four to five years and generally have a contractual life of ten years. Options issued to Directors generally vest immediately and have a contractual life of ten years. As of December 31, 2008, a total of 21.8 million shares were authorized for issuance and 3.2 million shares were available for issuance under the Plans.
 
On January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R) under the “modified prospective application.” SFAS 123(R) requires all equity-based payments to employees to be recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income at the fair value of the award on the grant date. Under the modified prospective application, the Company was required to record equity-based compensation cost for all awards granted after the date of adoption and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards outstanding as of the date of adoption. The Company used the B-S-M option pricing model for determining the fair values of all stock options granted prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R) and continues to use this pricing model for all share-based awards issued or modified on or after adoption of SFAS 123(R).
 
For employee stock options granted in 2008 and 2007, the Company estimated the expected term of the options based on historical averages of option exercises and expirations. The fair values of options granted were calculated on the date of grant using the B-S-M model. Also, upon adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company used an estimated forfeiture rate, primarily based on historical trends related to employee turnover. For the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, the Company adjusted the share-based compensation cost for actual forfeitures at the end of the vesting period for each tranche of options. The Company considers revisions to its assumptions in estimating forfeitures on an ongoing basis.


F-37


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following table provides the range of assumptions used in the B-S-M option pricing model for stock options granted:
 
             
    Year Ended December 31,
    2008   2007   2006
 
Risk-free interest rate
  2.3%   4.5% - 4.9%   4.3% - 5.2%
Expected life in years
  2.6   2.6 - 4.4   2.6 - 4.8
Expected volatility
  60.6%   43.1% - 53.3%   55.0% - 58.9%
Dividend yield
  0%   0%   0%
Weighted-average volatility
  60.6%   47.2%   58.5%
 
The calculation of expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of the Company’s common stock over the expected term of the respective equity-based compensation granted. The risk-free interest rate is based on the yield on the grant measurement date of a traded zero-coupon U.S. Treasury bond, as reported by the U.S. Federal Reserve, with a term equal to the expected term of the respective equity-based compensation granted.
 
A summary of option activity under the Plans for the year ended December 31, 2008 is as follows:
 
                                 
                Weighted
       
          Weighted
    Average
    Aggregate
 
          Average
    Remaining
    Intrinsic
 
          Exercise
    Contract
    Value
 
    Shares     Price     Term in Years     (000’s)  
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2007
    4,860,074     $ 11.45                  
Grants
    95,000     $ 14.27                  
Exercises
    (334,440 )   $ 8.91                  
Forfeitures/expirations
    (419,230 )   $ 12.19                  
                                 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2008
    4,201,404     $ 11.71       5.0     $ 43  
                                 
 
                                 
            Weighted
   
        Weighted
  Average
  Aggregate
        Average
  Remaining
  Intrinsic
        Exercise
  Contract
  Value
    Shares   Price   Term in Years   (000’s)
 
Vested and exercisable as of
December 31, 2008
    3,495,279     $ 11.67       4.6     $ 403  
                                 
 
The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $5.61, $12.09 and $6.19 per share, respectively. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1.8 million, $27.1 million and $16.8 million, respectively. The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $5.7 million, $6.8 million and $6.7 million, respectively.
 
As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $3.1 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plans. As of December 31, 2008, that cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average remaining vesting life period of 0.9 years. The Company recognizes compensation cost using the straight-line method, as defined in FAS 123(R), over the vesting term of the option grant. Equity-based compensation expense is recognized in Selling, General and Administrative in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive Income (Loss).
 
Cash received from option exercises under the Plans for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007, and 2006 was $2.9 million, $15.9 million and $19.4 million, respectively. Options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2008 were issued out of treasury stock.


F-38


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
Restricted Stock Units
 
2007 RSU Awards:   Beginning in January 2007, the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors granted RSUs to certain members of the Company’s management team. RSU grants were made under the 1999 Option Plan. RSUs are intended to provide management with additional incentives to promote the success of the Company’s business, thereby aligning their interests with the interests of the Company’s stockholders. One RSU award was granted during 2007 for 500,000 shares and vests equally over a 10-year period. The Company granted an additional RSU award for 500,000 shares of which 50% vests equally over five years and 50% is earned by achieving specific performance targets over a five year period. Of the remaining RSU grants during 2007, one-third vest over five years based on the individual recipient’s continued employment with the Company (“time vesting RSUs”) and two-thirds vest pro-rata over three years based on the Company achieving specified operating income performance targets in each of the years 2007, 2008 and 2009 (“performance RSUs”). If the performance target for a particular year is not met, the performance RSUs scheduled to vest for that year are canceled. The Company records compensation cost for the performance RSUs when it concludes that it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved. Because the Company did not achieve the operating income performance targets in 2008 and 2007, two-thirds of the performance RSUs were canceled.
 
2008 RSU Awards:   The Company granted additional RSUs in 2008 to new and existing employees that vest over a four-year period. There were no performance vesting RSUs issued in 2008.
 
Summary of RSUs:   Settlement of the RSUs shall be made in shares of the Company’s common stock by delivery of one share of common stock for each RSU then being settled. The Company calculates the fair value for RSUs based on the closing price of the Company’s stock on the date of grant and records compensation cost over the vesting period using a straight-line method. The Company also factors an estimated forfeiture rate in calculating compensation cost on RSUs and adjusts for actual forfeitures upon the vesting of each tranche of vested RSUs.
 
The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2008 was $10.78 per share.
 
A summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested RSUs and activity during the year ended December 31, 2008 is as follows:
 
                 
          Weighted
 
          Average
 
          Grant
 
          Date Fair
 
    Shares     Value  
 
Unvested as of December 31, 2007
    2,224,033     $ 30.36  
Grants
    1,349,000     $ 10.78  
Vested
    (198,934 )   $ 30.05  
Cancellations/expirations
    (750,228 )   $ 27.02  
                 
Unvested as of December 31, 2008
    2,623,871     $ 19.43  
                 
 
As of December 31, 2008, there was approximately $34.9 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested time-vesting RSU grants. That cost is expected to be recognized over the weighted-average period of 2.4 years as of December 31, 2008 using a straight-line method.
 
For the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company recorded total share-based compensation cost under all share-based arrangements (stock options and RSUs) of $10.3 million, $13.7 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The compensation cost for 2008, 2007 and 2006 included approximately $0.4 million, $1.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for modifications made to employee stock option agreements. The modifications primarily pertained to accelerated vesting and extension of


F-39


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
contractual terms on several employees and former employees. All compensation cost is included in Selling, General and Administrative expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income.
 
(19)   STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM
 
In November 2001, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $5.0 million stock repurchase program with the objective of improving stockholder returns. Since then, the Board has periodically increased the amount of funds available to repurchase common stock to $262.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company purchased 6.5 million shares for $89.6 million. From inception of the program through December 31, 2008, the Company purchased 21.3 million shares for $251.9 million, leaving $10.4 million remaining under the repurchase program as of December 31, 2008. In February 2009, the Board authorized an increase of $25.0 million in the funding available for share repurchases. The program does not have an expiration date.
 
(20)   RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
The Company has entered into agreements under which Avion, LLC (“Avion”) and AirMax, LLC (“AirMax”) provide certain aviation flight services as requested by the Company. Such services include the use of an aircraft and flight crew. Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, has a direct 100% beneficial ownership interest in Avion and an indirect interest in AirMax. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company paid an aggregate of $0.7 million, $1.1 million and $0.9 million, respectively, to Avion for services provided to the Company. Mr. Tuchman also purchases services from AirMax and in 2005 provided a loan to AirMax, which was fully paid as of December 31, 2008. During 2008, 2007 and 2006, the Company paid to AirMax an aggregate of $1.7 million, $1.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively, for services provided to the Company. The Audit Committee of the Board reviews these transactions annually and has determined that the fees charged by Avion and AirMax are at fair market value.
 
(21)   OTHER FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
Self-insurance Liabilities
 
Self-insurance liabilities of the Company were as follows (amounts in thousands):
 
                 
    December 31,  
    2008     2007  
 
Workers’ compensation
  $ 3,096     $ 4,132  
Employee health and dental insurance
    2,657       3,015  
Other general liability insurance
    1,222       1,155  
                 
Total self-insurance liabilities
  $ 6,975     $ 8,302  
                 
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
As of December 31, 2008, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss is comprised of $11.7 million and $21.2 million of foreign currency translation adjustments and net deferred derivative losses, respectively. As of December 31, 2007, Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income is comprised of $36.7 million and $21.4 million of foreign currency translation adjustments and net deferred derivative gains, respectively.


F-40


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
(22)   QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
 
The following tables present certain quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 2008 (amounts in thousands except per share amounts).
 
                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
 
Revenue
  $ 367,636     $ 357,416     $ 349,110     $ 325,985  
Cost of services
    270,100       265,833       252,666       235,852  
Selling, general and administrative
    51,372       45,858       51,157       51,108  
Depreciation and amortization
    15,160       15,624       14,998       13,384  
Restructuring charges, net
    2,202       440       2,015       1,402  
Impairment losses
                1,033       985  
                                 
Income from operations
    28,802       29,661       27,241       23,254  
Other income (expense)
    (1,048 )     (543 )     (777 )     (1,986 )
Provision for income taxes
    (7,793 )     (7,536 )     (5,368 )     (6,572 )
Minority interest
    (836 )     (1,220 )     (936 )     (596 )
                                 
Net income
  $ 19,125     $ 20,362     $ 20,160     $ 14,100  
                                 
                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding
                               
Basic
    69,937       69,977       68,217       64,741  
Diluted
    71,508       71,729       69,508       65,217  
Net income per share
                               
Basic
  $ 0.27     $ 0.29     $ 0.30     $ 0.22  
Diluted
  $ 0.27     $ 0.28     $ 0.29     $ 0.22  
 
Included in Selling, general and administrative above are charges relating to the equity-based compensation review, restatement of the Company’s historical financial statements and related lawsuits of $5.0 million, $3.4 million, $2.3 million and $3.9 million for the first quarter, second quarter, third quarter, and fourth quarter, respectively.
 
Included in Selling, general and administrative for the second quarter is a decrease of $2.4 million and $1.9 million due to change in estimates relating to self-insurance liabilities and accrued incentive compensation expense, respectively.
 
Included in Provision for income taxes for the third quarter is a $2.9 million reversal of a tax valuation allowance.


F-41


Table of Contents

 
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
 
The following tables present certain quarterly financial data for the year ended December 31, 2007 (amounts in thousands except per share amounts).
 
                                 
    First
    Second
    Third
    Fourth
 
    Quarter     Quarter     Quarter     Quarter  
 
Revenue
  $ 332,740     $ 329,608     $ 335,727     $ 371,557  
Cost of services
    237,242       237,228       246,558       280,431  
Selling, general and administrative
    52,096       48,611       46,968       59,853  
Depreciation and amortization
    13,554       13,794       14,250       14,355  
Restructuring charges, net
          262       2,588       4,265  
Impairment losses
          13,515       2,274        
                                 
Income from operations
    29,848       16,198       23,089       12,653  
Other income (expense)
    (1,277 )     (2,235 )     (6,826 )     3,901  
Provision for income taxes
    (10,374 )     (4,737 )     (1,082 )     (3,369 )
Minority interest
    (434 )     (508 )     (808 )     (936 )
                                 
Net income
  $ 17,763     $ 8,718     $ 14,373     $ 12,249  
                                 
Weighted average shares outstanding
                               
Basic
    70,309       70,580       70,214       69,818  
Diluted
    72,929       73,104       72,343       71,574  
Net income per share
                               
Basic
  $ 0.25     $ 0.12     $ 0.20     $ 0.18  
Diluted
  $ 0.24     $ 0.12     $ 0.20     $ 0.17  
 
Included in Selling, general and administrative above are charges relating to the equity-based compensation review, restatement of the Company’s historical financial statements and related lawsuits of $0.1 million and $11.4 million for the third quarter and fourth quarter, respectively.
 
Included in Other income (expense) for the third quarter is a $6.1 million charge related to the sale of assets, and a $2.2 million benefit related to the execution of a software and intellectual property license agreement.
 
Included in Other income (expense) for the fourth quarter is a $7.0 million gain related to the sale of assets.


F-42


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
 
         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  3 .01   Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)
  3 .02   Amended and Restated Bylaws of TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 29, 2008)
  10 .01   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)**
  10 .02   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-69668) filed on September 19, 2001)**
  10 .03   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to TeleTech’s Amendment No. 2 to Form S-1 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-04097) filed on July 5, 1996)**
  10 .04   TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to TeleTech’s Form S-8 Registration Statement (Registration No. 333-96617) filed on July 17, 2002)**
  10 .05*   Amendment to 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan dated February 11, 2009
  10 .06   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (effective in 2007 and 2008) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.05 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)**
  10 .07*   Amendment to Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (effective December 2008)
  10 .08*   Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (effective in 2009) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 17, 2009)**
  10 .09   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (below Vice President) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.06 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)**
  10 .10   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Vice President and above) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.07 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)**
  10 .11   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (Non-Employee Director) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.08 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007)**
  10 .12   Employment Agreement between James E. Barlett and TeleTech dated October 15, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.66 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .13*   Amendment to Employment Agreement between James E. Barlett and TeleTech dated December 31, 2008
  10 .14   Stock Option Agreement dated October 15, 2001 between James E. Barlett and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.70 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .15*   Amendment dated September 17, 2008 to Stock Option Agreement between James E. Barlett and TeleTech
  10 .16   Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech dated October 15, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.68 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .17*   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech dated December 31, 2008
  10 .18   Stock Option Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech dated October 1, 2001 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.69 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001)**
  10 .19*   Amendment dated September 17, 2008 to Stock Option Agreement between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit No.
 
Description
 
  10 .20   Employment Agreement dated April 6, 2004 between Gregory G. Hopkins and TeleTech (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the for the quarter ended September 30, 2008)**
  10 .21*   Amendment to Employment Agreement between Gregory G. Hopkins and TeleTech dated December 16, 2008
  10 .22   Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, The Lenders named herein, as lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of September 28, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 7, 2007)
  10 .23   First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of October 24, 2006 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.40 to TeleTech’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 7, 2007)
  10 .24   Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of November 15, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on December 4, 2007)
  10 .25   Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of March 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 27, 2008)
  10 .26   Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of June 30, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2008)
  10 .27   Fifth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement among TeleTech Holdings, Inc. as Borrower, the Lenders named herein, as Lenders and Keybank National Association, as Lead Arranger, Sole Book Runner and Administrative Agent dated as of September 4, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 TeleTech’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 8, 2008)
  21 .01*   List of subsidiaries
  23 .01*   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  23 .02*   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  31 .01*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CEO of TeleTech
  31 .02*   Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of CFO of TeleTech
  32 .01*   Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
 
 
* Filed herewith.
 
** Identifies exhibit that consists of or includes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Exhibit 10.05
AMENDMENT TO THE TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 1999 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
     THIS AMENDMENT TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED 1999 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN (this “ Amendment ”), is made and adopted by TeleTech Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) as of February 11, 2009 (the “Effective Date”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Plan (as defined below).
     WHEREAS, the Company maintains the Amended and Restated 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”);
     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 20 of the Plan, the Plan may be amended from time to time by the Compensation Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Committee ”); and
     WHEREAS, the Committee desires to amend the Plan as set forth herein.
     NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Plan be amended as follows:
1.   Section 2.18 is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:
 
    Independent Director ” means a Director of TeleTech who is not an employee of TeleTech or any Subsidiary.
 
2.   Section 2.29(g) is hereby deleted and replaced in its entirety with the following:
 
    Termination of Service ” shall mean,
 
  (a) As to an Independent Director, the time when a Participant who is an Independent Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Participant simultaneously commences employment with TeleTech or remains in employment or service with TeleTech or any Subsidiary in any capacity.
 
  (b) As to an employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and TeleTech or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Participant simultaneously commences service with TeleTech as an Independent Director.
 
    The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Terminations of Service, including, without limitation, the question

 


 

    of whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Committee otherwise provides in the terms of the Award Agreement or otherwise, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an Independent Director or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. For purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s employee-employer relationship or Independent Director relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Subsidiary employing or contracting with such Participant ceases to remain a Subsidiary following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).
 
3.   All references in the Plan to “termination of employment” and/or “employment termination” in the Plan are hereby amended to refer to “Termination of Service.”
 
4.   This Amendment shall be and is hereby incorporated in and forms a part of the Plan effective as of the Effective Date, but only with respect to Awards granted under the Plan on or after the Effective Date.
 
5.   Except as expressly provided herein, all terms and conditions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

Exhibit 10.07
AMENDMENT TO
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
     This amendment (the “ Amendment ”) to the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) by and between TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and                      (“ Grantee ”), dated                                           , is hereby made by the Company effective as of December 11, 2008.
      WHEREAS , the Company desires to amend the Agreement in order to conform the Agreement to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”); and
      WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 18 of the Amended and Restated TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), the committee appointed by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Committee ”) may amend the terms of an award granted under the Plan.
      NOW, THEREFORE , BE IT RESOLVED , that, pursuant to the Committee’s power of amendment contained in Section 18 of the Plan, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:
1.  Section 409A . The following Section 17 is hereby added to the Agreement:
  17.   Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether Grantee has a termination of employment for purposes of Section 3A hereof, Grantee will not be treated as having terminated employment unless such termination constitutes a “separation from service” as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”). If Grantee has a “separation from service” following a Change in Control pursuant to Section 3A(a)(ii), the RSUs vesting as a result of such “separation from service” will be paid on a date determined by the Company within 5 days of Grantee’s “separation from service.” If Grantee is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) with respect to the Company at the time of a “separation from service” and Grantee becomes vested in RSUs as a consequence of a “separation from service,” the delivery of property in settlement of such vested RSUs shall be delayed until the earliest date upon which such property may be delivered to Grantee without being subject to taxation under Section 409A.
     The Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.

 


 

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Company has executed this Amendment on the date first written above.
             
    TeleTech Holdings, Inc.    
 
           
 
  By:        
 
     
 
   
 
  Title:        
 
     
 
   

 

Exhibit 10.08
TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT
     THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is entered into between TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ TeleTech ”), and                      (“ Grantee ”), as of                      (the “ Grant Date ”). In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants made herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:
     1.  Grant of RSUs . Subject to the terms and conditions of the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended and restated (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, TeleTech grants to Grantee                      RSUs (the “ Award ”).
     2.
          (a) Rights Upon Termination of Service . If Grantee incurs a Termination of Service (as defined below) for any reason other than (i) for “Cause” (as defined herein), (ii) Grantee’s death, or (iii) Grantee’s mental, physical or emotional disability or condition (a “ Disability ”), Grantee shall retain rights of ownership to any then vested portion of the Award. Any unvested portion of the Award shall be immediately cancelled.
          (b) Rights Upon Termination of Service For Cause . If Grantee incurs a Termination of Service for Cause, the RSUs shall be immediately cancelled.
          (c) Rights Upon Grantee’s Death or Disability . If Grantee incurs a Termination of Service as a result of Grantee’s death or disability, Grantee shall retain any then vested portion of the Award. Any unvested portion of the Award shall be immediately cancelled.
     3.  Vesting .
          (a) The RSU Award shall vest in                      installments beginning on                                            , as delineated in the table below:
         
Vesting Schedule  
    Cumulative  
Vesting Date   Percentage  
       
          (b) Grantee must not have incurred a Termination of Service before any Vesting Date in order to vest in the portion of the RSUs that vest on such Vesting Date. No portion of the RSUs shall vest between Vesting Dates; if Grantee incurs a Termination of Service for any reason, then any portion of the RSUs that is scheduled to vest on any Vesting Date after the date Grantee’s Termination of Service is terminated automatically shall be forfeited as of the Termination of Service.
     3A. Vesting Following a Change in Control .
          (a) Accelerated Vesting . Notwithstanding the vesting schedule contained in Section 3,
          (i) upon a Change in Control (as hereinafter defined), any unvested Performance Vesting RSUs that would otherwise vest in excess of 12 months from the effective date of the Change of Control shall be treated as Time Vesting RSUs and together with the Time Vesting RSUs shall be accelerated

-1-


 

such that they shall vest on the one year anniversary of the effective date of the Change of Control as follows:
    during the first year of employment or service — 0% of the unvested restricted shares shall be accelerated
 
    during the second year of employment or service — 20% of the unvested restricted shares shall be accelerated
 
    during the third year of employment or service — 50% of the unvested restricted shares shall be accelerated
 
    during the fourth year of employment or service and thereafter — 100% of the unvested restricted shares shall be accelerated.
Any Performance Vesting RSUs scheduled to vest within 12 months after the effective date of the Change of Control shall continue to vest pursuant to the schedule set forth in Section 3.
          (ii) if Grantee incurs a Termination of Service within 12 months following a Change in Control, then the entire amount of the Award shall become 100% vested as of Grantee’s Termination Date (as defined herein); provided , however , that the accelerated vesting described in the foregoing clause (ii) shall not apply if Grantee’s Termination of Service is (A) by Grantee for any reason other than for “Good Reason” (as defined herein), or (B) by TeleTech for “Cause” (as defined herein).
          (b) Definition of “Change in Control” . For purposes of this Agreement, “ Change in Control ” means the occurrence of any one of the following events:
          (i) any consolidation, merger or other similar transaction (A) involving TeleTech, if TeleTech is not the continuing or surviving corporation, or (B) which contemplates that all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of TeleTech will be controlled by another corporation;
          (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or transfer (in one transaction or series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of TeleTech (a “ Disposition ”); provided , however , that the foregoing shall not apply to any Disposition to a corporation with respect to which, following such Disposition, more than 51% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners of at least 51% of the then outstanding Common Stock and/or other voting securities of TeleTech immediately prior to such Disposition, in substantially the same proportion as their ownership immediately prior to such Disposition;
          (iii) approval by the stockholders of TeleTech of any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of TeleTech, unless such plan or proposal is abandoned within 60 days following such approval;
          (iv) the acquisition by any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), or two or more persons acting in concert, of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) of 51% or more of the outstanding shares of voting stock of TeleTech; provided , however , that for purposes of the foregoing, “person” excludes Kenneth D. Tuchman and his affiliates; provided , further that the foregoing shall exclude any such acquisition (A) by any person made directly from TeleTech, (B) made by TeleTech or any Subsidiary, or (C) made by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by TeleTech or any Subsidiary; or
          (v) if, during any period of 15 consecutive calendar months commencing at any time on or after the Grant Date, those individuals (the “ Continuing Directors ”) who either (A) were directors of TeleTech on the first day of each such 15-month period, or (B) subsequently became directors of TeleTech and whose actual election or initial nomination for election subsequent to that date was approved by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the board of directors of TeleTech, cease to constitute a majority of the board of directors of TeleTech.

-2-


 

          (c) Other Definitions . The following terms have the meanings ascribed to them below:
          (i) “ Cause ” has the meaning given to such term, or to the term “For Cause” or other similar phrase, in Grantee’s Employment Agreement with TeleTech or any Subsidiary, if any; provided , however , that if at any time Grantee’s employment or service relationship with TeleTech or any Subsidiary is not governed by a written agreement or if such written agreement does not define “Cause,” then the term “Cause” shall have the meaning given to such term in the Plan.
          (ii) “ Termination Date ” means the date upon which Grantee incurs a Termination of Service and for a Grantee who is then an employee, shall mean the latest day on which Grantee is expected to report to work and is responsible for the performance of services to or on behalf of TeleTech or any Subsidiary, notwithstanding that Grantee may be entitled to receive payments from TeleTech (e.g., for unused vacation or sick time, severance payments, deferred compensation or otherwise) after such date; and
          (iii) “ Good Reason ” means with respect to any Grantee who is an employee (A) any reduction in Grantee’s base salary; provided that a reduction in Grantee’s base salary of 10% or less does not constitute “Good Reason” if such reduction is effected in connection with a reduction in compensation that is applicable generally to officers and senior management of TeleTech; (B) Grantee’s responsibilities or areas of supervision within TeleTech or its Subsidiaries are substantially reduced; or (C) Grantee’s principal office is relocated outside the metropolitan area in which Grantee’s office was located immediately prior to the Change in Control; provided , however , that temporary assignments made for the good of TeleTech’s business shall not constitute such a move of office location. In addition, no termination of a Grantee’s employment or service shall be deemed to be for Good Reason unless (i) Grantee provides TeleTech with written notice setting forth the specific facts or circumstances constituting Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the initial existence of the occurrence of such facts or circumstances, (ii) TeleTech or the Subsidiary which employs Grantee has failed to cure such facts or circumstances within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such written notice, and (iii) the effective date of the termination for Good Reason occurs no later than ninety (90) days after the initial existence of the facts or circumstances constituting Good Reason.
          (iv) “ Termination of Service ” shall mean:
          (a) As to an Independent Director, the time when a Participant who is an Independent Director ceases to be a Director for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, failure to be elected, death or retirement, but excluding terminations where the Participant simultaneously commences employment with TeleTech or remains in employment or service with TeleTech or any Subsidiary in any capacity.
          (b) As to an employee, the time when the employee-employer relationship between a Participant and TeleTech or any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason, including, without limitation, a termination by resignation, discharge, death, disability or retirement; but excluding terminations where the Participant simultaneously commences service with TeleTech as an Independent Director.
     The Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to Terminations of Service, including, without limitation, the question of whether a Termination of Service resulted from a discharge for cause and all questions of whether particular leaves of absence constitute a Termination of Service; provided , however , that, with respect to Incentive Stock Options, unless the Committee otherwise provides in the terms of the Award Agreement or otherwise, a leave of absence, change in status from an employee to an Independent Director or other change in the employee-employer relationship shall constitute a Termination of Service only if, and to the extent that, such leave of absence, change in status or other change interrupts employment for the purposes of Section 422(a)(2) of the Code and the then applicable regulations and revenue rulings under said Section. For purposes of the Plan, a Participant’s employee-employer relationship or Independent Director relations shall be deemed to be terminated in the event that the Subsidiary employing or contracting with such Participant ceases to remain a Subsidiary following any merger, sale of stock or other corporate transaction or event (including, without limitation, a spin-off).

-3-


 

               (v) “ Independent Director ” means a Director of TeleTech who is not an employee of TeleTech or any Subsidiary.
     3B. Settlement of Vested RSUs . RSUs subject to an Award shall be settled pursuant to the terms of the Plan as soon as reasonably practicable following the vesting thereof, but in no event later than March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the RSUs vest.
     4.  RSUs Not Transferable and Subject to Certain Restrictions . The RSUs subject to the Award may not be sold, pledged, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in Section 414(p) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”).
     5.  Forfeiture If at any time during Grantee’s employment or services relationship with TeleTech or at any time during the 12 month period following Grantee’s Termination of Service, a Forfeiture Event (as defined below) occurs, then at the election of the Committee, (a) this Agreement and all unvested RSUs granted hereunder shall terminate and (b) Grantee shall return to TeleTech for cancellation all shares held by Grantee plus pay TeleTech the amount of any proceeds received from the sale of any shares to the extent such shares were issued pursuant to RSUs granted under this Agreement that vested (i) during the 24 month period immediately preceding the Forfeiture Event, or (ii) on the date of or at any time after such Forfeiture Event. “Forfeiture Event” means the following: (i) conduct related to Grantee’s employment or service relationship for which criminal penalties may be sought; (ii) Grantee’s commission of an act of fraud or intentional misrepresentation; (iii) Grantee’s embezzlement or misappropriation or conversion of assets or opportunities of TeleTech or any Subsidiary; (iv) Grantee’s breach of any the non-competition or non-solicitation provisions; (v) Grantee’s disclosing or misusing any confidential or proprietary information of TeleTech or any Subsidiary or violation of any policy of TeleTech or any Subsidiary or duty of confidentiality; or (vi) any other material breach of the Code of Conduct or other appropriate and applicable policy of TeleTech or any Subsidiary. The Committee, in its sole discretion, may waive at any time in writing this forfeiture provision and release Grantee from liability hereunder.
     6.  Acceptance of Plan . Grantee hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan.
     7.  No Right to Employment . Nothing herein contained shall confer upon Grantee any right to continuation of employment or service relationship by TeleTech or any Subsidiary, or interfere with the right of TeleTech or any Subsidiary to terminate at any time the employment or service relationship of Grantee. Nothing contained herein shall confer any rights upon Grantee as a stockholder of TeleTech, unless and until Grantee actually receives shares of Common Stock.
     8.  Adjustments . Subject to the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, TeleTech may, with respect to any vested RSUs that have not been settled pursuant to the Plan, make any adjustments necessary to prevent accretion, or to protect against dilution, in the number and kind of shares that may be used to settle vested RSUs in the event of a change in the corporate structure or shares of TeleTech; provided, however, that no adjustment shall be made for the issuance of preferred stock of TeleTech or the conversion of convertible preferred stock of TeleTech. For purposes of this Section 7, a change in the corporate structure or shares of TeleTech includes, without limitation, any change resulting from a recapitalization, stock split, stock dividend, consolidation, rights offering, spin-off, reorganization or liquidation, and any transaction in which shares of Common Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares of stock or other securities of TeleTech or another entity.
     9.  No Other Rights . Grantee hereby acknowledges and agrees that, except as set forth herein, no other representations or promises, either oral or written, have been made by TeleTech, any Subsidiary or anyone acting on their behalf with respect to Grantee’s rights under this Award, and Grantee hereby releases, acquits and forever discharges TeleTech, the Subsidiaries and anyone acting on their behalf of and from all claims, demands or causes of action whatsoever relating to any such representations or promises and waives forever any claim, demand or action against TeleTech, any Subsidiary or anyone acting on their behalf with respect thereto.

-4-


 

     10.  Confidentiality . GRANTEE AGREES NOT TO DISCLOSE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, TO ANY OTHER EMPLOYEE OF TELETECH AND TO KEEP CONFIDENTIAL ALL INFORMATION RELATING TO ANY AWARDS GRANTED TO GRANTEE, PURSUANT TO THE PLAN OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING THE AMOUNT OF ANY SUCH AWARD AND THE RATE OF VESTING THEREOF; PROVIDED THAT GRANTEE SHALL BE ENTITLED TO DISCLOSE SUCH INFORMATION TO SUCH OF GRANTEE’S ADVISORS, REPRESENTATIVES OR AGENTS, OR TO SUCH OF TELETECH’S OFFICERS, ADVISORS, REPRESENTATIVES OR AGENTS (INCLUDING LEGAL AND ACCOUNTING ADVISORS), WHO HAVE A NEED TO KNOW SUCH INFORMATION FOR LEGITIMATE TAX, FINANCIAL PLANNING OR OTHER SUCH PURPOSES .
     11.  Severability . Any provision of this Agreement (or portion thereof) that is deemed invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction and subject to this Section 10, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability, without affecting in any way the remaining provisions thereof in such jurisdiction or rendering that or any other provisions of this Agreement invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any other jurisdiction.
     12.  References . Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning ascribed to them in the Plan.
     13.  Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Plan) constitutes the entire agreement between the parties concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, oral or written, between TeleTech and Grantee relating to Grantee’s entitlement to RSUs or similar benefits, under the Plan or otherwise.
     14.  Amendment . This Agreement may be amended and/or terminated at any time by mutual written agreement of TeleTech and Grantee; provided, however that TeleTech, in its sole discretion, may amend the definition of “Change in Control” in Section 3A(b) from time to time without the consent of Grantee.
     15.  Section 409A .
          (a) Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether Grantee has incurred a Termination of Service for purposes of Section 3A hereof, Grantee will not be treated as having incurred a Termination of Service unless such termination constitutes a “separation from service” as defined for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“ Section 409A ”). If Grantee has a “separation from service” following a Change in Control pursuant to Section 3A(a)(ii), the RSUs vesting as a result of such “separation from service” will be paid on a date determined by TeleTech within 5 days of Grantee’s “separation from service.” If Grantee is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) with respect to TeleTech at the time of a “separation from service” and Grantee becomes vested in RSUs as a consequence of a “separation from service,” the delivery of property in settlement of such vested RSUs shall be delayed until the earliest date upon which such property may be delivered to Grantee without being subject to taxation under Section 409A.
          (b) This Restricted Stock Unit Agreement and the Award are intended to be exempt from the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, as providing for any payments to be made within the applicable “short-term deferral” period (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Department of Treasury regulations) following the lapse of a “substantial risk of forfeiture” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-1(d) of the Department of Treasury regulations). Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, in the event that the Committee determines that the Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may adopt such amendments to this Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, from time to time, without the consent of Grantee, that the Committee determines are necessary or appropriate to (a) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (b) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance and thereby avoid the application of penalty taxes under Section 409A of the Code.

-5-


 

     16.  No Third Party Beneficiary . Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than Grantee and Grantee’s respective successors and assigns expressly permitted herein, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement.
     17.  Governing Law . The construction and operation of this Agreement are governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (without regard to its conflict of laws provisions).
[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

-6-


 

     Executed as of the date first written above.
             
    TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.    
 
           
 
  By:  
 
   
 
    Name:    
 
      Title:    
 
           
         
    Signature of                      (“Grantee”)    
 
           
         
    Grantee’s Social Security Number    

-7-

Exhibit 10.13
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This amendment (the “ Amendment ”) to the Employment Agreement by and between TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and James E. Barlett (“ Employee ”), dated as of October 15, 2001, is hereby made and entered into effective as of December 31, 2008, by and between the Company and Employee.
      WHEREAS, the Company and Employee entered into the Employment Agreement dated as of October 15, 2001 (the “ Agreement ”); and
      WHEREAS , the Company and Employee desire to amend the Agreement to conform the Agreement to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in this Amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. Section 409A. The following Section 12 shall be added to the Agreement:
      12. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
  a.   This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered in a manner so that any amount or benefit payable hereunder shall be paid or provided in a manner that is either exempt from, or complies with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Internal Revenue Service guidance and Treasury Regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”).
 
  b.   With respect to any continued fringe benefits provided during the severance period under Section 7(c)(ii):
     (i) Continuation of Healthcare Coverage . Company shall provide Employee with continued health benefits as follows:
          (A) If continued healthcare benefits are to be provided through third-party insurance maintained by the Company under the Company’s benefit plans in a manner that causes such COBRA benefits to be exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), pay or reimburse such premiums in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, provided, however , that if, during the period of continuation coverage, any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided ceases to be exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), then an amount equal to each such remaining premium shall thereafter be paid to

 


 

the Employee as currently taxable compensation in substantially equal monthly installments over the remainder of the continuation coverage period; or
          (B) if such healthcare benefits are to be provided in whole or in part through a self-funded plan, the benefits of which are not fully-insured by a third-party insurer:
  (1)   to the greatest extent applicable, such healthcare benefits shall be construed to satisfy the exemption from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v)(B), and
 
  (2)   with respect to the portion of healthcare benefits that will extend beyond the maximum COBRA continuation period, the Company shall determine, as of the date of Employee’s termination, the amount (the “Section 409A Healthcare Coverage Payment”) equal to ( x) the aggregate of the subsidized premiums which would otherwise be paid or reimbursed by the Company in respect of such benefits, minus ( y) the value of any benefits provided, or to be provided, to Employee under paragraph (1) above, and pay a lump sum cash payment to Employee in an amount equal to the Section 409A Healthcare Coverage Payment within sixty (60) days following the date of Employee’s “separation from service” (as defined below) (with the specific date to be determined by the Company in its sole discretion), in lieu of such continued healthcare coverage or subsidized premiums; provided, however , that if Employee is a “specified employee” (as defined below) on the date of Employee’s “separation from service,” such lump sum cash payment shall be paid as provided in Section 12(d) below.
     (ii) Continuation of Life Insurance .
          (A) Group Term and Executive Life Insurance . To the extent applicable, Company shall continue to provide to Employee the group term and executive life insurance (if any) under which Employee was covered immediately prior to Employee’s termination through insurance maintained by Company in a manner that satisfies the exemption under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5). In the event such continued life insurance coverage cannot be provided in such a manner, Employee shall be entitled to convert such life insurance policies in accordance with the terms of such policies, and Company shall reimburse Employee for the cost of the premiums to continue such life insurance coverage during the severance period in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv), as provided in Section 12(b)(iv) hereof.
          (B) Flexible Premium Life Insurance Policy . To the extent applicable, Company shall continue to provide to Employee the life insurance coverage (if any) under the Flexible Premium Life Insurance Policy (used to fund the TeleTech Deferred Compensation Plan) under which Employee was covered

 


 

immediately prior to Employee’s termination through insurance maintained by the Company in a manner that satisfies the exemption under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5). In the event such life insurance coverage cannot be continued or provided in such a manner, or in the event such life insurance coverage cannot be continued or converted under the terms of the life insurance policy or in a commercially reasonable manner (as determined in the Company’s sole discretion), Company shall provide Employee with a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to two (2) times the amount of the annual aggregate premiums paid on Employee’s behalf for such life insurance coverage for the calendar year immediately prior to the calendar year in which Employee’s termination occurs; provided, however , that if Employee is a “specified employee” on the date of Employee’s “separation from service,” such lump sum cash payment shall be paid as provided in Section 12(d) below.
     (iii) Aircraft and Automobile Usage; Company Matching Contributions to Qualified Retirement Plan . In the event that, immediately prior to Employee’s termination, Employee is entitled to personal use of the Company aircraft, a Company-paid automobile lease or car allowance, and/or employer matching contributions to a qualified retirement plan of the Company in which Employee is a participant, Employee shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the continuation of such fringe benefit(s) during the severance period, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to two (2) times the value of each such fringe benefit as reported in the summary compensation table 1 of the Company’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the Company’s fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which Employee’s termination occurs. Such lump sum cash payment shall be paid to Executive within sixty (60) days following the date of Employee’s “separation from service” (with the specific date to be determined by the Company in its sole discretion); provided, however , that if Employee is a “specified employee” on the date of Employee’s “separation from service,” such lump sum cash payment shall be paid as provided in Section 12(d) below.
     (iv) With respect to the financial planning allowance provided under Section 3(d) and any continued fringe benefits provided under Section 7(c)(ii) not mentioned above, which are non-exempt reimbursements or in-kind benefits (including any continued healthcare benefits that cannot be provided in the manner described in Section 12(b) above), such benefits shall be provided in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv), including the following: (i) in no event shall such benefits be provided later than the last day of Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred or obligation arose, (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during Employee’s taxable year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided,
 
1   With respect to the proxy statement filed for 2007, the summary compensation table is listed as the “All Other Compensation Table.”

 


 

in any other taxable year of Employee, and (iii) the right to reimbursements or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
  c.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit constitutes non-exempt “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A, and such payment or benefit would otherwise be payable or distributable hereunder by reason of Employee’s termination of employment, all references to Employee’s termination of employment shall be construed to mean a “separation from service,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), and Employee shall not be considered to have a termination of employment unless such termination constitutes a “separation from service” with respect to Employee. If this Section 12(c) applies, such payments or benefits that are subject to Section 409A shall be paid (or, in the event of the installment payments under Section 7(c), shall commence to be paid) on the date that the Company determines within sixty (60) days following the date of Employee’s “separation from service.” For purposes of Section 7(c), the installment payments made on separate payroll dates shall be treated as a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A, and, to the greatest extent applicable, any such installment payments payable under Section 7(c) shall be construed to be exempt payments pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii).
 
  d.   Notwithstanding anything in Section 12(c) to the contrary, if Employee is a “specified employee” on the date of Employee’s “separation from service” (as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)), any benefit or payment that constitutes non-exempt “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A) shall be delayed in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and any such delayed payment shall be paid to Employee in a lump sum during the ten (10) day period commencing on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Employee’s “separation from service,” or (ii) Employee’s death. To the greatest extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under the Agreement will not be deemed to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and the six-month delay requirement to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A.
 
  e.   If the parties hereto determine that any payments or benefits payable under this Agreement intended to comply with Section 409A do not so comply, Employee and the Company agree to amend this Agreement, or take such other actions as Employee and the Company deem necessary or appropriate, to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, while preserving benefits that are, in the aggregate, no less favorable than the benefits as provided to Employee under this Agreement. If any provision of the Agreement would cause such payments or benefits to fail to so comply, such provision shall not be effective and shall be null and void with respect to such payments or benefits, and such provision shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.

 


 

     The Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof. This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the date first written above.
         
  TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael M. Jossi    
    Michael M. Jossi   
 
  Title:   Executive Vice President of Global Human Capital   
 
  James E. Barlett
 
 
  /s/ James E. Barlett    
     
     

 

         
Exhibit 10.15
AMENDMENT TO TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of September 17, 2008, by and among James E. Barlett (“ Optionee ”) and TeleTech Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TeleTech ”).
WITNESSETH:
      WHEREAS , Optionee and TeleTech are parties to that certain TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2005 (the “ Agreement ”), pursuant to which Optionee received non-qualified options to purchase 250,000 shares of TeleTech’s common stock at an exercise price of US$7.34 per share (the “ 2005 Stock Options ”);
      WHEREAS , as disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2008 and in conjunction with TeleTech’s review of historical equity-based compensation practices (the “ Review ”), Optionee volunteered to forego any benefits that Optionee may have derived from TeleTech’s issuance of any stock options were mistakenly issued with an exercise price that was below the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the appropriate accounting measurement date;
      WHEREAS , upon completion of the Review, Optionee has offered to increase the exercise price of such 2005 Stock Options from US$7.34 per share to US$7.79 per share, the fair market value of TeleTech’s common stock on the appropriate accounting measurement date (May 19, 2005); and
      WHEREAS , the members of TeleTech’s Compensation Committee have accepted Optionee’s offer to increase the exercise price of such 2005 Stock Options and has authorized the Senior Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer to execute this Amendment on behalf of TeleTech.
      NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree to amend the first sentence of Section 1 of the Agreement as follows:
     1. Grant of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions of the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, TeleTech grants to Optionee an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase 250,000 shares (the “ Shares ”) of TeleTech’s common stock, $.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), at a price equal to US$7.79 per share (the “ Option Price ”).
      FURTHER RESOLVED , that all other terms of the 2005 Stock Options, including the vesting schedule, shall remain the same as those specified in the Agreement; and

1


 

      FURTHER RESOLVED , this Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment has been duly executed as of the date first written above.
         
  TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John R. Troka, Jr.    
    Name:   John R. Troka, Jr.   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Interim Chief
Financial Officer 
 
 
  OPTIONEE
 
 
  By:   /s/ James E. Barlett    
    Name:   James E. Barlett   
       
 

2

Exhibit 10.17
AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
     This amendment (the “ Amendment ”) to the Employment Agreement by and between TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Kenneth D. Tuchman (“ Employee ”), dated as of October 15, 2001, is hereby made and entered into effective as of December 31, 2008, by and between the Company and Employee.
      WHEREAS, the Company and Employee entered into the Employment Agreement dated as of October 15, 2001 (the “ Agreement ”); and
      WHEREAS , the Company and Employee desire to amend the Agreement to conform the Agreement to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”).
      NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements of the parties set forth in this Amendment, and other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
1. Section 409A. The following Section 12 shall be added to the Agreement:
      12. Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
  a.   This Agreement shall be interpreted and administered in a manner so that any amount or benefit payable hereunder shall be paid or provided in a manner that is either exempt from, or complies with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the Internal Revenue Service guidance and Treasury Regulations thereunder (“Section 409A”).
 
  b.   With respect to any continued fringe benefits provided during the severance period under Section 7(c)(ii):
     (i) Continuation of Healthcare Coverage . Company shall provide Employee with continued health benefits as follows:
          (A) If continued healthcare benefits are to be provided through third-party insurance maintained by the Company under the Company’s benefit plans in a manner that causes such COBRA benefits to be exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), pay or reimburse such premiums in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, provided, however , that if, during the period of continuation coverage, any plan pursuant to which such benefits are provided ceases to be exempt from the application of Section 409A under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5), then an amount equal to each such remaining premium shall thereafter be paid to

 


 

the Employee as currently taxable compensation in substantially equal monthly installments over the remainder of the continuation coverage period; or
          (B) if such healthcare benefits are to be provided in whole or in part through a self-funded plan, the benefits of which are not fully-insured by a third-party insurer:
  (1)   to the greatest extent applicable, such healthcare benefits shall be construed to satisfy the exemption from Section 409A pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(v)(B), and
 
  (2)   with respect to the portion of healthcare benefits that will extend beyond the maximum COBRA continuation period, the Company shall determine, as of the date of Employee’s termination, the amount (the “Section 409A Healthcare Coverage Payment”) equal to ( x) the aggregate of the subsidized premiums which would otherwise be paid or reimbursed by the Company in respect of such benefits, minus ( y) the value of any benefits provided, or to be provided, to Employee under paragraph (1) above, and pay a lump sum cash payment to Employee in an amount equal to the Section 409A Healthcare Coverage Payment within sixty (60) days following the date of Employee’s “separation from service” (as defined below) (with the specific date to be determined by the Company in its sole discretion), in lieu of such continued healthcare coverage or subsidized premiums; provided, however , that if Employee is a “specified employee” (as defined below) on the date of Employee’s “separation from service,” such lump sum cash payment shall be paid as provided in Section 12(d) below.
     (ii) Continuation of Life Insurance .
          (A) Group Term and Executive Life Insurance . To the extent applicable, Company shall continue to provide to Employee the group term and executive life insurance (if any) under which Employee was covered immediately prior to Employee’s termination through insurance maintained by Company in a manner that satisfies the exemption under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5). In the event such continued life insurance coverage cannot be provided in such a manner, Employee shall be entitled to convert such life insurance policies in accordance with the terms of such policies, and Company shall reimburse Employee for the cost of the premiums to continue such life insurance coverage during the severance period in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv), as provided in Section 12(b)(iv) hereof.
     (B) Flexible Premium Life Insurance Policy . To the extent applicable, Company shall continue to provide to Employee the life insurance coverage (if any) under the Flexible Premium Life Insurance Policy (used to fund the TeleTech Deferred Compensation Plan) under which Employee was covered

 


 

immediately prior to Employee’s termination through insurance maintained by the Company in a manner that satisfies the exemption under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(a)(5). In the event such life insurance coverage cannot be continued or provided in such a manner, or in the event such life insurance coverage cannot be continued or converted under the terms of the life insurance policy or in a commercially reasonable manner (as determined in the Company’s sole discretion), Company shall provide Employee with a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to two (2) times the amount of the annual aggregate premiums paid on Employee’s behalf for such life insurance coverage for the calendar year immediately prior to the calendar year in which Employee’s termination occurs; provided, however , that if Employee is a “specified employee” on the date of Employee’s “separation from service,” such lump sum cash payment shall be paid as provided in Section 12(d) below.
     (iii) Aircraft and Automobile Usage; Company Matching Contributions to Qualified Retirement Plan . In the event that, immediately prior to Employee’s termination, Employee is entitled to personal use of the Company aircraft, a Company-paid automobile lease or car allowance, and/or employer matching contributions to a qualified retirement plan of the Company in which Employee is a participant, Employee shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the continuation of such fringe benefit(s) during the severance period, a lump sum cash payment in an amount equal to two (2) times the value of each such fringe benefit as reported in the summary compensation table 1 of the Company’s definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission for the Company’s fiscal year immediately prior to the fiscal year in which Employee’s termination occurs. Such lump sum cash payment shall be paid to Executive within sixty (60) days following the date of Employee’s “separation from service” (with the specific date to be determined by the Company in its sole discretion); provided, however , that if Employee is a “specified employee” on the date of Employee’s “separation from service,” such lump sum cash payment shall be paid as provided in Section 12(d) below.
     (iv) With respect to any continued fringe benefits provided under Section 7(c)(ii) not mentioned above, which are non-exempt reimbursements or in-kind benefits (including any continued healthcare benefits that cannot be provided in the manner described in Section 12(b) above), such benefits shall be provided in a manner that complies with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(1)(iv), including the following: (i) in no event shall such benefits be provided later than the last day of Employee’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the expense was incurred or obligation arose, (ii) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided, during Employee’s taxable year may not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits provided,
 
1   With respect to the proxy statement filed for 2007, the summary compensation table is listed as the “All Other Compensation Table.”

 


 

in any other taxable year of Employee, and (iii) the right to reimbursements or in-kind benefits is not subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.
  c.   Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, to the extent that any payment or benefit constitutes non-exempt “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A, and such payment or benefit would otherwise be payable or distributable hereunder by reason of Employee’s termination of employment, all references to Employee’s termination of employment shall be construed to mean a “separation from service,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h), and Employee shall not be considered to have a termination of employment unless such termination constitutes a “separation from service” with respect to Employee. If this Section 12(c) applies, such payments or benefits that are subject to Section 409A shall be paid (or, in the event of the installment payments under Section 7(c), shall commence to be paid) on the date that the Company determines within sixty (60) days following the date of Employee’s “separation from service.” For purposes of Section 7(c), the installment payments made on separate payroll dates shall be treated as a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A, and, to the greatest extent applicable, any such installment payments payable under Section 7(c) shall be construed to be exempt payments pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii).
 
  d.   Notwithstanding anything in Section 12(c) to the contrary, if Employee is a “specified employee” on the date of Employee’s “separation from service” (as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)), any benefit or payment that constitutes non-exempt “nonqualified deferred compensation” (within the meaning of Section 409A) shall be delayed in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and any such delayed payment shall be paid to Employee in a lump sum during the ten (10) day period commencing on the earlier of (i) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Employee’s “separation from service,” or (ii) Employee’s death. To the greatest extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under the Agreement will not be deemed to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and the six-month delay requirement to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A.
 
  e.   If the parties hereto determine that any payments or benefits payable under this Agreement intended to comply with Section 409A do not so comply, Employee and the Company agree to amend this Agreement, or take such other actions as Employee and the Company deem necessary or appropriate, to comply with the requirements of Section 409A, while preserving benefits that are, in the aggregate, no less favorable than the benefits as provided to Employee under this Agreement. If any provision of the Agreement would cause such payments or benefits to fail to so comply, such provision shall not be effective and shall be null and void with respect to such payments or benefits, and such provision shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.

 


 

     The Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof. This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Amendment on the date first written above.
         
  TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   /s/ Michael M. Jossi    
    Michael M. Jossi   
 
  Title:   Executive Vice President of Global Human Capital   
 
  Kenneth D. Tuchman
 
 
  /s/ Kenneth D. Tuchman    
     
     
 

 

Exhibit 10.19
AMENDMENT TO TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
     AMENDMENT (this “ Amendment ”), dated as of September 17, 2008, by and among Kenneth D. Tuchman (“ Optionee ”) and TeleTech Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TeleTech ”).
WITNESSETH:
      WHEREAS , Optionee and TeleTech are parties to that certain TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement, dated as of October 1, 2001 (the “ Agreement ”), pursuant to which Optionee received non-qualified options to purchase 420,000 shares of TeleTech’s common stock at an exercise price of US$6.98 per share (the “ 2001 Stock Options ”);
      WHEREAS , as disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on February 20, 2008 and in conjunction with TeleTech’s review of historical equity-based compensation practices (the “ Review ”), Optionee volunteered to forego any benefits that Optionee may have derived from TeleTech’s issuance of any stock options were mistakenly issued with an exercise price that was below the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the appropriate accounting measurement date;
      WHEREAS , upon completion of the Review, Optionee has offered to increase the exercise price of such 2001 Stock Options from US$6.98 per share to US$7.95 per share, the fair market value of TeleTech’s common stock on the appropriate accounting measurement date (October 29, 2001); and
      WHEREAS , the members of TeleTech’s Compensation Committee have accepted Optionee’s offer to increase the exercise price of such 2001 Stock Options and has authorized the Senior Vice President and Interim Chief Financial Officer to execute this Amendment on behalf of TeleTech.
      NOW, THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED , in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree to amend the first sentence of Section 1 of the Agreement as follows:
     1. Grant of Option . Subject to the terms and conditions of the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. 1999 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as amended (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, TeleTech grants to Optionee an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase 420,000 shares (the “ Shares ”) of TeleTech’s common stock, $.01 par value (the “ Common Stock ”), at a price equal to US$7.95 per share (the “ Option Price ”).
      FURTHER RESOLVED , that all other terms of the 2001 Stock Options, including the vesting schedule, shall remain the same as those specified in the Agreement; and

1


 

      FURTHER RESOLVED , this Amendment may be executed in any number of separate counterparts, each of which shall collectively and separately constitute one agreement.
      IN WITNESS WHEREOF , this Amendment has been duly executed as of the date first written above.
         
  TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:   /s/ John R. Troka, Jr.    
    Name:   John R. Troka, Jr.   
    Title:   Senior Vice President and Interim
Chief Financial Officer 
 
 
  OPTIONEE
 
 
  By:   /s/ Kenneth D. Tuchman    
    Name:   Kenneth D. Tuchman   
       
 

2

Exhibit 10.21
December 16, 2008
Greg Hopkins
Executive Vice President, Global Accounts
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
9197 S. Peoria Street
Englewood, Colorado 80112
          Re: Amendment to Your Employment Agreement
          Please refer to your employment agreement (the “ Agreement ”) between TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and you, dated March 17, 2004. This letter amendment (the “ Amendment ”) amends the Agreement for purposes of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations and Internal Revenue Service guidance thereunder (“ Section 409A ”). The Amendment is effective as of December 16, 2008.
          By providing your signature to this Amendment, you and the Company agree to amend the Agreement as follows:
     1. You will be considered to have terminated employment with the Company only if your termination of employment constitutes a “separation from service,” as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h).
     2. Any severance benefits payable to you upon your termination of employment shall be paid shall be paid (or, in the case of installment payments, shall commence to be paid) on the date that the Company determines within sixty (60) days following the date of your “separation from service.” Any installment severance payments made on separate payroll dates shall be treated as a series of separate payments for purposes of Section 409A, and, to the greatest extent applicable, any such installment payments shall be construed to be exempt payments pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii).
     3. Notwithstanding Section 2 above, if you are entitled to receive payment of any non-exempt “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A upon your “separation from service,” and you are a “specified employee” on the date of your “separation from service” (as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)), such payment shall be delayed in order to avoid a prohibited distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i), and any such payment shall be paid to you in a lump sum during the thirty (30) day period commencing on the earlier of (a) the expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of your “separation from service,” or (b) your death. To the greatest extent permitted under Section 409A, any separate payment or benefit under the Agreement will not be deemed to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A and the six-month delay requirement to the extent provided in the exceptions in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4), Section 1.409A-1(b)(9) or any other applicable exception or provision of Section 409A.

 


 

     4. The Agreement will be interpreted and administered such that any amount or benefit payable thereunder shall be provided in a manner that is either exempt from, or complies with, Section 409A of the Code and the Internal Revenue Service guidance and Treasury Regulations thereunder, and you and the Company agree to amend the Agreement, or take such other actions as you and the Company deem necessary or appropriate, to comply with such intent.
          The Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof. This Amendment may be executed simultaneously in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
         
  TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
 
 
  By:   Michael M. Jossi    
    Michael M. Jossi   
 
  Title:   Executive Vice President of Global Human Capital   
 
  Greg Hopkins
 
 
  /s/ Greg Hopkins    
     
     
 

 

Exhibit 21.01
 
List of Subsidiaries
 
     
Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
Direct Alliance Corporation
  Arizona
Global One Insurance Company
  Arizona
Global One Colorado, Inc.
  Colorado
Percepta Holding, Inc.
  Delaware
Percepta, LLC
  Delaware
TeleTech@Home, Inc.
  Colorado
TeleTech Customer Care Management (California), LLC
  California
TeleTech Customer Care Management (Colorado), LLC
  Colorado
OnDemand, LLC
  Colorado
TeleTech Loan Services, LLC
  Colorado
InCulture, LLC
  Colorado
TeleTech Customer Care Management (West Virginia), Inc.
  West Virginia
TeleTech Customer Care Management (New York), Inc.
  Delaware
TeleTech Financial Services Management, LLC
  Delaware
TeleTech Government Solutions, LLC
  Colorado
TeleTech International Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware
TeleTech Services Corporation
  Colorado
TeleTech South America Holdings, Inc.
  Delaware
TeleTech Stockton, LLC
  Colorado
Finsource, Inc.
  Philippines
TeleTech Financial Solutions Pty Ltd
  Australia
Percepta Philippines, Inc.
  Philippines
Sevtoy Pty. Limited
  Australia
TeleTech Asia Limited
  Hong Kong
TeleTech (Hong Kong) Limited
  Hong Kong
TeleTech Customer Care Management Philippines, Inc.
  Philippines
TeleTech Customer Management Pte Ltd
  Singapore
TeleTech Korea, Inc.
  Korea
TeleTech New Zealand
  New Zealand
TT Interaction Management Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Percepta, ULC
  Canada
TeleTech Canada Inc.
  Canada
TeleTech Offshore Investments B.V.
  Netherlands
Percepta Deutschland GmbH
  Germany
Percepta UK Limited
  United Kingdom
TeleTech UK Limited
  United Kingdom
TeleTech Customer Care Management (Ireland) Limited
  Ireland
TeleTech Customer Services Spain S.L.U.
  Spain
TeleTech Europe B.V.
  Netherlands
TeleTech International Pty Ltd
  Australia
TT International C.V.
  Netherlands
Apoyo Empresarial de Servicios, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Comlink S.A.
  Argentina
Servicios SSI Integrales, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
Servicios y Administraciones del Bajio, S. de R.L. de C.V.
  Mexico
TeleTech Argentina S.A.
  Argentina
TeleTech Brasil Servicos Ltda.
  Brazil
TeleTech Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
  Mexico
TeleTech Venezuela, C.A.
  Venezuela
TeleTech Customer Care Management Costa Rica, S.A.
  Costa Rica
Marketplace Agent, Inc.
  Arizona
TeleTech Automotive, LLC
  Colorado
TTEC Malaysia Sdn. Bhd.
  Malaysia
Percepta (South Africa) (Proprietary) Limited
  South Africa
TeleTech South Africa (Proprietary) Limited
  South Africa
TeleTech Global Services Spain S.L.U.
  Spain
TeleTech Customer Services Spain CLM, S.L.U.
  Spain

 

Exhibit 23.01
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S- (Nos. 333-17569, 333-82405, 333-47142, 333-52352 and 333-96617) of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. of our report dated February 23, 2009, relating to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, which appears in this Form 10-K.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 23, 2009

Exhibit 23.02
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Forms S-8 Nos. 333-17569, 333-82405, 333-47142, 333-52352 and 333-96617) of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. of our report dated February 7, 2007, except for the impact of the restatement of the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows referred to above, due to (i) equity-based compensation adjustments, (ii) lease accounting adjustments, (iii) other accounting and income tax adjustments, and (iv) tax effects relating to items (i) through (iii) above,, as to which the date is July 16, 2008, with respect to the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2006 included in the Annual Report (Form 10-K) of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2008.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Denver, Colorado
February 23, 2009

Exhibit 31.01
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, Kenneth D. Tuchman, certify that:
 
  1.     I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.;
 
  2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
  a.     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.     Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
  5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
 
  a.     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kenneth D. Tuchman
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
Date: February 23, 2009

Exhibit 31.02
 
CERTIFICATION
 
I, John R. Troka, Jr. certify that:
 
  1.     I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of TeleTech Holdings, Inc.;
 
  2.     Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.     Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.     The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
  a.     Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
 
  b.     Designed such internal control over financial reporting or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c.     Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
  d.     Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
 
  5.     The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
 
  a.     All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
 
  b.     Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
 
  By: 
/s/  John R. Troka, Jr.
John R. Troka, Jr.
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
 
Date: February 23, 2009

Exhibit 32.01
 
Written Statement of Chief Executive Officer and Acting Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to Section 906
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (18 U.S.C. Section 1350)
 
The undersigned, the Chief Executive Officer and the Interim Chief Financial Officer of TeleTech Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), each hereby certifies that, to his knowledge on the date hereof:
 
  a.     The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2008 (the “Report”) filed on the date hereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  b.     The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
 
  By: 
/s/  Kenneth D. Tuchman
Kenneth D. Tuchman
Chief Executive Officer
 
February 23, 2009
 
  By: 
/s/  John R. Troka, Jr.
John R. Troka, Jr.
Interim Chief Financial Officer
 
February 23, 2009